RobH_en_tn/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv

420 KiB
Raw Blame History

1BookChapterVerseIDSupportReferenceOrigQuoteOccurrenceGLQuoteOccurrenceNote
2MRKfrontintror2f20# Introduction to the Gospel of Mark<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Mark<br><br>1. Introduction (1:1-13)<br>1. The ministry of Jesus in Galilee<br> * Early ministry (1:14-3:6)<br> * Jesus becomes more popular among the people (3:7-5:43)<br> * Moving away from Galilee and then returning (6:1-8:26)<br>1. Progress toward Jerusalem, repeated times when Jesus predicts his own death; the disciples misunderstand, and Jesus teaches them how difficult it will be to follow him (8:27-10:52)<br>1. Last days of ministry and preparation for final conflict in Jerusalem (11:1-13:37)<br>1. The death of Christ and the empty tomb (14:1-16:8)<br><br>### What is the Book of Mark about?<br><br>The Gospel of Mark is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life of Jesus Christ. The authors of the gospels wrote about who Jesus was and what he did during his life. Mark wrote much about how Jesus suffered and died on the cross. He did this to encourage his readers who were being persecuted. Mark also explained Jewish customs and some Aramaic words. This may indicate that Mark expected most of his first readers to be Gentiles.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of Mark,” or “The Gospel according to Mark.” They may also choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News about Jesus that Mark wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Mark?<br><br>The book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the author was Mark. Mark was also known as John Mark. He was a close friend of Peter. Mark may not have witnessed what Jesus said and did. Many experts think that Peter the Apostle was the source of what Mark wrote about Jesus.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What were Jesus teaching methods?<br><br>The people regarded Jesus as a rabbi. A rabbi is a teacher of Gods law. Jesus taught in similar ways as other religious teachers in Israel. He had students who followed him wherever he went. These students were called disciples. He often told parables. Parables are stories that teach moral lessons. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/parable]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What are the Synoptic Gospels?<br><br>The Gospels of Matthew, Mark, and Luke are called the Synoptic Gospels because they have many similar passages. The word “synoptic” means to “see together.”<br><br>The texts are considered “parallel” when they are the same or almost the same among two or three of the gospels. When translating parallel passages, translators should use the same wording and make them as similar as possible.<br><br>### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?<br><br>In the Gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” This phrase could mean a few things:<br><br>*The phrase son of man can simply be describing that someones father is also a human being. Therefore, the person being described is literally a son of a man, or a human being.<br><br>*The phrase sometimes is a reference to Daniel 7:13-14. In this passage there is a person described as a “son of man.” This description tells us that the person ascending to the throne of God looked like a human being. This description is than the first different because God gives this son of man authority forever. Therefore, the title son of man became a title for the Messiah.<br><br>Translating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.<br><br>### Why does Mark frequently use terms indicating short periods of time?<br><br>The Gospel of Mark uses the word “immediately” forty-two times. Mark does this to make the events more exciting and vivid. It moves the reader quickly from one event to the next.<br><br>### Sabbath/Sabbaths<br><br>Oftentimes in the culture of the Bible, religious festivals would be written in the plural form of the word instead of a singular form. This occurs in Mark as well. In the ULT, the word should be kept plural, “sabbaths”. This is simply for the sake of being as close to the original text as possible. In the UST it is changed to singular to make more sense of the use of the word in its context, “sabbath”.<br><br>### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Mark?<br><br>The following verses are found in older versions of the Bible but are not included in most modern versions. Translators are advised not to include these verses. However, if in the translators region, there are older versions of the Bible that include one or more of these verses, the translators can include them. If they are included, they should be put inside square brackets ([]) to indicate that they were probably not original to Marks Gospel.<br>* “If any man has ears to hear, let him hear.” (7:16)<br>* “where their worm never dies and the fire is never quenched” (9:44)<br>* “where their worm never dies and the fire is never quenched” (9:46)<br>* “And the scripture was fulfilled that says, He was counted with the lawless ones” (15:28)<br><br>The following passage in not found in the earliest manuscripts. Most Bibles include this passage, but modern Bibles put it in brackets ([]) or indicate in some way that this passage may not have been original to Marks Gospel. Translators are advised to do something similar as the modern versions of the Bible.<br>* “Early on the first day of the week, after he arose, he appeared first to Mary Magdalene, from whom he had cast out seven demons. She went and told those who were with him, while they were mourning and weeping. They heard that he was alive and that he had been seen by her, but they did not believe. After these things he appeared in a different form to two of them, as they were walking out into the country. They went and told the rest of the disciples, but they did not believe them. Jesus later appeared to the eleven as they were reclining at the table, and he rebuked them for their unbelief and hardness of heart, because they did not believe those who saw him after he rose from the dead. He said to them, Go into all the world, and preach the gospel to the entire creation. He who believes and is baptized will be saved, and he who does not believe will be condemned. These signs will go with those who believe: In my name they will cast out demons. They will speak in new languages. They will pick up snakes with their hands, and if they drink anything deadly, it will not hurt them. They will lay hands on the sick, and they will get well. After the Lord had spoken to them, he was taken up into heaven and sat down at the right hand of God. The disciples left and preached everywhere, while the Lord worked with them and confirmed the word by the signs that went with them.” (16:9-20)<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
3MRK1introc6ep0# Mark 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:2-3, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “You can make me clean”<br><br>Leprosy was a disease of the skin that made a person unclean and unable to properly worship God. Jesus is capable of making people physically “clean” or healthy as well as spiritually “clean” or right with God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])<br><br>### “The kingdom of God is near”<br><br>Scholars debate whether the “kingdom of God” was present at this time or is something that is still coming. English translations frequently use the phrase “at hand,” but this can create difficulty for translators. Other versions use the phase “is coming” and “has come near.”
4MRK11kpq1writing-neweventἀρχὴ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, Υἱοῦ Θεοῦ1This verse introduces the reader to the history of Jesus the Messiah as told by Mark. This functions as an introduction to the entire book of Mark. Use the natural form in your language for beginning the telling of something that actually happened. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent)
5MRK11i3bcguidelines-sonofgodprinciplesΥἱοῦ Θεοῦ1Son of God**Son of God** is an important title that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. If this would be misunderstood, you could use the alternate translation: “who is Gods Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
6MRK12fc4tfigs-activepassiveκαθὼς γέγραπται ἐν τῷ Ἠσαΐᾳ τῷ προφήτῃ1If it would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an active form. Alternate translation: “Just as Isaiah the prophet wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
7MRK12e3bywriting-quotationsκαθὼς γέγραπται ἐν τῷ Ἠσαΐᾳ τῷ προφήτῃ1Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “Just as it is written in Isaiah the prophet, where it says” or “Just as it is written in Isaiah the prophet—he wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
8MRK12z8b7figs-ellipsisἐν τῷ Ἠσαΐᾳ τῷ προφήτῃ1Mark is leaving out some of the words that this sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words. Alternate translation: “in the scroll of Isaiah the prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
9MRK12dglqtranslate-namesἨσαΐᾳ1**Isaiah** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
10MRK12gu7ifigs-idiomπρὸ προσώπου σου1before your face**before your face** is an idiom which means that “the messenger” was sent first, and then the second person came after them. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify. Alternate Translation: “first” or “before you”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
11MRK12fsqnfigs-metaphorἰδοὺ1The term **behold** focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. Though it literally means “look” or “see,” in this case “seeing” figuratively means giving notice and attention. Alternate translation: “Pay attention!” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
12MRK12s28qfigs-yousingularπροσώπου σου…τὴν ὁδόν σου1your face … your wayHere, both of the words **your** refer to Jesus and are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
13MRK12kl12figs-metaphorὃς κατασκευάσει τὴν ὁδόν σου1will prepare your wayThat the messenger **will prepare your way** represents preparing the people for the Lords arrival. If this would be misunderstood your language, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “will prepare the people for your arrival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
14MRK13lkm3writing-quotationsφωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ,1The voice of one crying out in the wildernessConsider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “The voice of someone crying out in the wilderness is heard, saying:” or “They hear the sound of someone calling out in the wilderness, saying:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
15MRK13dqi9figs-quotesinquotesφωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου, εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ1Here there is a direct quotation inside a direct quotation as Mark quotes Isaiah who quotes the messenger. If this would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “a voice crying out in the wilderness, telling people to make ready the way of the Lord and to make his paths straight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
16MRK13cf0efigs-synecdocheφωνὴ βοῶντος1Here, **a voice** figuratively refers to the messenger who uses his voice to cry out. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “people will hear his voice as he crys out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
17MRK13v3n3figs-parallelismἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου, εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ1Make ready the way of the Lord; make his paths straight**Make ready the way of the Lord** and **make his paths straight** mean the same thing. If this would be confusing in your language, you could combine the two. See the next note for alternate translations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
18MRK13peh5figs-metaphorἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου1Make ready the way of the LordIsaiah uses a metaphor here of preparing **paths** or **the way** that someone will travel on. If someone prepares a path for another, they make the path walkable. If someone in high authority were coming, they would make sure the roads were clear from any hazards. So this metaphor means that the people should prepare themselves to receive the Lords message when he comes. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or use plain speech. Alternate translation: “Prepare to hear and obey the Lords message when he comes” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
19MRK13yyk3figs-extrainfoΚυρίου1In this quote from Isaiah, **the Lord** refers to God, but Mark is showing how it also refers to Jesus the Messiah. However, do not translate this as “Jesus” here, because this double reference must be maintained. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo)
20MRK13h8rtfigs-idiomἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν1The imagery of paths or **the way** is figuratively used here to indicate that John will prepare the people to listen to the Lords message. If someone prepares a path for another, they make the path walkable. If someone in high authority was coming, they would make sure the roads were clear from any hazards. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you can use an alternate translation: “Prepare the people for the arrival of the Lord ” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom)
21MRK13wltlfigs-idiomἑτοιμάσατε…ποιεῖτε1These words are both plural, addressing people in general. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
22MRK14di1otranslate-namesἸωάννης1**John** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
23MRK14s05nfigs-explicitκαὶ κηρύσσων βάπτισμα μετανοίας εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν1The **baptism of repentance** proclaimed by John likely has its origin in baptisms which gentiles did who were converting to Judaism. This baptism was done one time, and showed that these people were converting from their former way of life to the new way of life. If this would be misunderstood, you can state it explicitly. Alternate Translation: “and preaching that he must baptize them to show that they have turned from their former evil ways, accepted Gods forgiveness for their sins, and were now following God” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
24MRK14dtqvfigs-explicitκαὶ κηρύσσων βάπτισμα μετανοίας εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν1If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind **repentance**, **forgiveness**, and **sins**, you could express those ideas with verbs. Alternate translation: “and preaching that he must baptize them to show that they have repented of their former evil way of living and that God has forgiven them for sinning against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
25MRK15u9ygfigs-synecdocheπᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία χώρα1the whole region of Judea and all the people of JerusalemThe word **region of Judea** is used here to refer to the people living within Judea. Alternate translation: “the people from Judea and Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
26MRK15cf75figs-hyperboleπᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία χώρα καὶ οἱ Ἱεροσολυμεῖται πάντες1the whole region of Judea and all the people of JerusalemHere, **the whole region** and **all the people** are generalizations that refers to a great number of people, not to every single person. Alternate translation: “many people from Judea and Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
27MRK15h8h7figs-activepassiveκαὶ ἐβαπτίζοντο ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ Ἰορδάνῃ ποταμῷ, ἐξομολογούμενοι τὰς ἁμαρτίας αὐτῶν1were baptized by him in the Jordan River, confessing their sinsIf it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “and he was baptizing them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
28MRK16n3rkwriting-backgroundκαὶ ἦν ὁ Ἰωάννης ἐνδεδυμένος τρίχας καμήλου, καὶ ζώνην δερματίνην περὶ τὴν ὀσφὺν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔσθων ἀκρίδας καὶ μέλι ἄγριον.1This verse helps provide background to John. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
29MRK16j141figs-explicitἦν ὁ Ἰωάννης ἐνδεδυμένος τρίχας καμήλου1The camels hair that John wore had been made into clothing. This would have been a rough, coarse material. If that would not be understood by your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “John wore rough clothing woven from camels hair” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
30MRK16h518translate-unknownκαμήλου1If your readers would not know what a **camel** is, you could include a description in a footnote or use a more general term. Alternate translation: “animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
31MRK16jpzhtranslate-unknownἀκρίδας1If your readers would not know what **locusts** are, you could include a description in a footnote or use a more general term. Alternate translation: “grasshoppers” or “insects” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
32MRK17p7tlwriting-quotationsἐκήρυσσεν λέγων1Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “he announced loudly to the people” or “he proclaimed these things:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
33MRK17l7jdwriting-pronounsἐκήρυσσεν1he was proclaimingThe pronoun **He** is referring to John. Alternate translation: “John was proclaiming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
34MRK17bk1jwriting-pronounsἔρχεται…ὀπίσω μου1Here, **coming after me** means that this mightier person would come at a later time than John came. It does not mean that he is behind John, chasing John, or a disciple of John.
35MRK17g8fwfigs-explicitκύψας λῦσαι τὸν ἱμάντα τῶν ὑποδημάτων αὐτοῦ1of whom the strap of his sandals I am not worthy to stoop down to untieTo **stoop down to untie** someones sandals and then to wash his feet was the job of a slave or the lowest servant in a household. John said that he was lower than this servant in order to show how great Jesus is. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you can add some explanation. Alternate translation: “and I am not even worthy to serve him as a slave by stooping down to untie his sandals” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
36MRK18e4qifigs-metaphorαὐτὸς δὲ βαπτίσει ὑμᾶς ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ1but he will baptize you with the Holy SpiritThis metaphor compares Johns baptism with water to the baptism with the Holy Spirit that Jesus will give. The point of the comparison is how people are made clean from sin. John baptized people to show that they wanted to be cleansed of their sin, and Jesus will enable them to be fully cleansed of sin by the Holy Spirit. If possible, use the same word for **baptize** here as you used for Johns baptism to keep the comparison between the two. If this is not possible, you could use a simile or plain language. Alternate translation: “but he will join you to the Holy Spirit” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
37MRK18r1j9grammar-connect-logic-contrastδὲ1Here, baptism by water and baptism by the Holy Spirit are being contrasted. Use a natural way in your language to introduce a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
38MRK19u65kwriting-neweventκαὶ ἐγένετο ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις1it happened that in those days**And it happened that in those days** marks the beginning of a new event in the story line. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
39MRK19y8eawriting-pronounsἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις1The phrase **those days** refers to the time period when John was preaching and baptizing people at the Jordan River. If this is not clear in your language, you can state it more clearly. Alternate translation: “while John was preaching and baptizing people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
40MRK19gi39figs-activepassiveἐβαπτίσθη…ὑπὸ Ἰωάννου1he was baptized by JohnIf your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express this idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “John baptized him” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive)
41MRK19zv8tfigs-goἦλθεν Ἰησοῦς ἀπὸ Ναζαρὲτ τῆς Γαλιλαίας1Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “Jesus went from Nazareth in Galilee” or “Jesus went out from Nazareth in Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
42MRK110m5f6figs-simileτὸ Πνεῦμα ὡς περιστερὰν καταβαῖνον ἐπ’ αὐτόν1the Spirit coming down on him like a doveThe phrase **like a dove** could mean: (1) the Spirit looked like a dove as he descended upon Jesus. Alternate translation: “The Spirit came down from heaven, looking like a dove” (2) the Spirit descended upon Jesus as a dove descends from the sky toward the ground. Alternate translation: “The Spirit of God came down from heaven as a dove comes down” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile)
43MRK110stwhgrammar-connect-time-sequentialεὐθὺς1The word **immediately** occurs often throughout the book of Mark. As here, it usually means that the event it introduces occurs directly after the previous event. Use a natural way in your language that communicates this. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential)
44MRK110n8sgfigs-activepassiveεἶδεν σχιζομένους τοὺς οὐρανοὺς1If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express this idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he saw the heavens burst open” or “he saw that God was tearing open heaven” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive)
45MRK111jh9mguidelines-sonofgodprinciplesκαὶ φωνὴ ἐγένετο ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν1Mark speaks figuratively of this voice as if it were a living thing that could come from heaven to earth. Alternate translation: “God spoke from heaven and said” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification)
46MRK111s6f4guidelines-sonofgodprinciplesὁ Υἱός μου ὁ ἀγαπητός1my beloved Son**Son** is an important title for Jesus. The title **Son** describes Jesus relationship with God the Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
47MRK112mh8nεὐθὺς1See how you translated the word **immediately** in [Mark 1:10](../mrk/01/10.md)
48MRK112yv6vτὸ Πνεῦμα αὐτὸν ἐκβάλλει εἰς τὴν ἔρημον1Connecting Statement:Alternate translation: “The Spirit led Jesus into the wilderness”
49MRK113k2kttranslate-numbersπειραζόμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ Σατανᾶ1If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express this idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “while Satan tempted him” or “during which Satan kept trying to persuade him to disobey God” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive)
50MRK113siu3ἦν μετὰ τῶν θηρίων1he was withAlternate Translation: “Jesus was living among the wild animals”
51MRK113sojpfigs-explicitοἱ ἄγγελοι διηκόνουν αὐτῷ.1Comparing this account with the one in Matthew 4:1-11, we see that Mark is only listing a brief summary of the events here. So the phrase **the angels were serving him** could mean: (1) the angels were taking care of Jesus during this time to keep him safe or (2) The angels came to give him food and water at the end of the 40 days.
52MRK114q12sfigs-activepassiveμετὰ δὲ τὸ παραδοθῆναι τὸν Ἰωάννην1after John was arrestedIf your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express this idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “after the governor Herod had John arrested” or “after Herods soldiers arrested John” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive)
53MRK114o4ohfigs-extrainfoμετὰ δὲ τὸ παραδοθῆναι τὸν Ἰωάννην1The governor Herod Antipas had John arrested and put into prison because John continually rebuked Herod Antipas for his sins. See [6:14-29](../06/14-29.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could put this information in a footnote.
54MRK114tmh9grammar-connect-time-backgroundμετὰ δὲ τὸ παραδοθῆναι τὸν Ἰωάννην1This phrase provides background information that sets the time period for Jesus ministry. Jesus did not begin his ministry until John had been arrested. Use the natural form in your language for expressing this information. Alternate translation: “Later, John was arrested. After that” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background)
55MRK114ys3bfigs-activepassiveἦλθεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν1Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Also, it might be more natural to indicate that Jesus was returning to Galilee. Alternate translation: “Jesus went back to Galilee” or “Jesus returned to Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
56MRK114ns6bκηρύσσων τὸ εὐαγγέλιον1proclaiming the gospelAlternate Translation: “telling the people there about the good news”
57MRK115fzq5figs-idiomπεπλήρωται ὁ καιρὸς καὶ ἤγγικεν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ1The phrase **the time has been fulfilled** is an idiom that means that something which God said would happen has finally happened. Often, this refers to prophecy of the Old Testament being fulfilled in the New Testament. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you can state this plainly. Alternate tra nslation: “God said that his rule would come near, and now it has” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom)
58MRK115rhomwriting-quotationsκαὶ λέγων1Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and this is what he said” or “giving this message:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
59MRK115quabfigs-activepassiveπεπλήρωται ὁ καιρὸς1If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express this idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The time has come” or “What God promised is now happening” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive)
60MRK115yo11figs-activepassive1The phrase **has come near** could mean: (1) has begun. Alternate translation: “God is now creating his kingdom among you” or (2) will soon begin. Alternate translation: “God will soon bring people into his kingdom”
61MRK116kgzbfigs-explicitΣίμωνα καὶ Ἀνδρέαν1The phrase **has come near** could mean: (1) has begun. Alternate translation: “God is now creating his kingdom among you” or (2) will soon begin. Alternate translation: “God will soon bring people into his kingdom”
62MRK116z3j9figs-explicitἀμφιβάλλοντας ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ1casting a net into the seaThe purpose of throwing the net was to catch fish in it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “throwing a net into the water to catch fish” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
63MRK116xor6grammar-connect-logic-resultἦσαν γὰρ ἁλιεῖς1If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. You may also wish to start a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Because they were fishermen, they were casting a net into the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
64MRK117zui3figs-idiomδεῦτε ὀπίσω μου1Come after me**Come after me** is an idiom which means to become a disciple of someone. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Join the group of my followers” or “Become my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
65MRK117mlc6figs-metaphorποιήσω ὑμᾶς γενέσθαι ἁλιεῖς ἀνθρώπων1I will make you to become fishers of men**fishers of men** means Simon and Andrew will teach people Gods message, so others will also follow Jesus. If your readers would not understand, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Pauls meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “I will teach you to gather men to me like you gather fish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
66MRK117i2srfigs-metaphorἀνθρώπων1**men** here refers not just to men, but to people in general. Alternate Translation: “of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
67MRK118tnucgrammar-connect-time-sequentialκαὶ εὐθέως1See note on [1:10](../01/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
68MRK118gviagrammar-connect-time-sequentialἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ1Here, **they followed him** means that they went with Jesus and intended to remain with him as his disciples. Make sure that you use a phrase that does not imply that they followed him with any evil intention or followed far behind him. Alternate translation: “they walked away with Jesus to learn from him”
69MRK119xl2mfigs-explicitκαταρτίζοντας τὰ δίκτυα1were in the boat mending the netsHere, **preparing** refers to making something ready to use. Since a net is made of ropes, this probably meant mending or tying it together. Alternate translation: “mending their nets”
70MRK120zjz5figs-explicitἐκάλεσεν αὐτούς1having called themIf it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what Jesus **called** James and John to do. Alternate translation: “having called them to come with him” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
71MRK120f77bfigs-explicitἀπῆλθον ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ1Here, **they** refers to James and John. It does not refer to the servants, who stayed in the boat. If this is not clear in your language, you can state it more clearly. Alternate translation: “James and John followed Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
72MRK120b2ciἀπῆλθον ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ1they went after himThe phrase, **they went away after him** means the same as “they followed him” in [verse 18](../01/18.md). Alternate translation: “James and John followed Jesus”
73MRK122bsc9figs-ellipsisἦν γὰρ διδάσκων αὐτοὺς ὡς ἐξουσίαν ἔχων, καὶ οὐχ ὡς οἱ γραμματεῖς1for he was teaching them as having authority and not as the scribesThe author intentionally leaves out the repeated information in this sentence. If this would be misunderstood in you in you language, you can clarify. Alternate translation: “for he was teaching them as someone who has authority teaches and not as the scribes teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
74MRK122e9gfgrammar-connect-logic-contrastἦν γὰρ διδάσκων αὐτοὺς ὡς ἐξουσίαν ἔχων, καὶ οὐχ ὡς οἱ γραμματεῖς.1Here, Jesus teaching is being contrasted with the way that the Jewish teachers taught. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
75MRK122kmxfἐξεπλήσσοντο1Alternate translation: “The people in the synagogue were amazed”
76MRK123w7z2figs-explicitκαὶ εὐθὺς ἦν ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ αὐτῶν ἄνθρωπος ἐν πνεύματι ἀκαθάρτῳ1The person with the unclean spirit enters the synagogue while Jesus is preaching. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “While Jesus was teaching, a man who was controlled by an evil spirit entered the synagogue.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
77MRK124ra8gfigs-rquestionτί ἡμῖν καὶ σοί, Ἰησοῦ Ναζαρηνέ?1What to us and to you, Jesus of Nazareth?The demons ask this rhetorical question meaning there is no reason for Jesus to interfere with them and that they desire him to leave them. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Jesus of Nazareth, leave us alone! There is no reason for you to interfere with us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
78MRK124qsigfigs-explicitἦλθες ἀπολέσαι ἡμᾶς1**us** here refers to many spirits. Often times in the biblical passages about evil spirits, there are multiple spirits controlling one person (Mark 5:1-20). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Have you come to destroy all of us evil spirits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
79MRK124m8gzfigs-rquestionἦλθες ἀπολέσαι ἡμᾶς1Have you come to destroy us?The demons ask this rhetorical question to urge Jesus not to harm them. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Do not destroy us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
80MRK128hrbhfigs-metaphorκαὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἡ ἀκοὴ αὐτοῦ εὐθὺς, πανταχοῦ εἰς ὅλην τὴν περίχωρον τῆς Γαλιλαίας1This is is a metaphor which means that the story of what just happened in the synagogue spread from person to person until many heard about it in the region of Galilee. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “The story about Jesus quickly spread from person to person throughout the entire region of Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
81MRK129ybs7ἦλθον1Connecting Statement:Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “They went to the house of Simon and Andrew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
82MRK130bvvlwriting-backgroundἡ…πενθερὰ Σίμωνος κατέκειτο πυρέσσουσα1the mother-in-law of Simon was lying down, being sick with a feverThis phrase gives background information about Peters mother-in-law. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
83MRK130vnp5translate-unknownπυρέσσουσα1A **fever** is an illness which causes the temperature of the body to increase. This results in the need to lie down in bed and rest as Peters mother-in-law was doing. If your reader would not be familiar with this, you could use a general expression. Alternate Translation: “being sick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
84MRK131bzd2figs-eventsἤγειρεν αὐτὴν, κρατήσας τῆς χειρός1Here, the author mentions Jesus helping her up before mentioning that Jesus took her by the hand, even though it happened in the opposite order. If this is confusing in your language, you could make the order of events clear. Alternate translation: “Jesus took her hand and helped her up out of bed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
85MRK131sff6figs-explicitἀφῆκεν αὐτὴν ὁ πυρετός1the fever left herThis is a metaphor meaning that Jesus healed her of the fever. If your readers would not understand, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed her of the fever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
86MRK131i5brfigs-explicitδιηκόνει αὐτοῖς1she started serving themIf it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly that she likely served them food. Alternate translation: “she provided them with food and drinks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
87MRK132h0y2writing-backgroundὀψίας δὲ γενομένης, ὅτε ἔδυ ὁ ἥλιος1***Now when it became evening, after the sun had set** gives background information which helps the reader know when in the day this was occurring. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
88MRK132d1i7figs-hyperboleπάντας τοὺς κακῶς ἔχοντας καὶ τοὺς δαιμονιζομένους1all those having sickness and those possessed by demonsThe word **all** is an exaggeration to emphasize the great number of people who came. It is not likely that every single sick person was brought to Jesus. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “A great number who were sick or possessed by demons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
89MRK133grp2figs-metonymyἦν ὅλη ἡ πόλις ἐπισυνηγμένη πρὸς τὴν θύραν1the whole city was gathered together at the doorThe word **city** is a metonym for the people who lived in the city. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Many people from that city gathered outside of Simons house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
90MRK133pa4ffigs-hyperboleκαὶ ἦν ὅλη ἡ πόλις ἐπισυνηγμένη πρὸς τὴν θύραν1The entire city did not gather at his door. This expression is used to express that a large number of people came to him. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Many people from the city gathered at Jesus door” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
91MRK137vgc7figs-hyperboleπάντες ζητοῦσίν σε1Everyone is seeking youThe word **Everyone** is an exaggeration to emphasize that many people were looking for Jesus. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Many people are looking for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
92MRK138plm9figs-exclusiveἄγωμεν ἀλλαχοῦ1We may go elsewhereHere, Jesus uses the word **us** to refer to himself, along with Simon, Andrew, James, and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
93MRK138z53zfigs-extrainfoεἰς τὰς ἐχομένας κωμοπόλεις1Which towns the **surrounding towns** are is clarifed in the following passages. Since the expression is explained in the next verse, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
94MRK139lb9tgrammar-connect-time-simultaneousκηρύσσων, εἰς τὰς συναγωγὰς αὐτῶν εἰς ὅλην τὴν Γαλιλαίαν, καὶ τὰ δαιμόνια ἐκβάλλων1Jesus was both **preaching** and **casting out demons**. Jesus was not necessarily doing these in any order. Use the appropriate connecting word or phrase to show that Jesus was doing both of these things together. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous)
95MRK139zs4ifigs-hyperboleἦλθεν…εἰς ὅλην τὴν Γαλιλαίαν1He went in all of GalileeThe words **in all** are an exaggeration used to emphasize that Jesus went to many locations during his ministry. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that conveys this idea. Alternate translation: “He went to many places in Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
96MRK141l9jgfigs-idiomσπλαγχνισθεὶς1having been moved with compassionHere, the word **moved** is an idiom meaning to feel emotion about another persons need. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Jesus, having felt compassion for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
97MRK141flc0figs-idiomσπλαγχνισθεὶς1If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **compassion** in another way. Alternate translation: “Jesus felt compassionate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
98MRK141qjz4figs-ellipsisθέλω1I am willingIf **I am willing** would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply what Jesus is willing to do from the context. Alternate translation: “I am willing to make you clean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
99MRK143iw7t0General Information:The word **him** used here refers to the leper whom Jesus healed.
100MRK144xhu8figs-explicitσεαυτὸν δεῖξον τῷ ἱερεῖ1show yourself to the priestJesus told the man to **show** himself **to the priest** so that the priest could look at his skin to see if his leprosy was really gone. The law of Moses required people to present themselves to the priest if they had been unclean but were now clean. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
101MRK144w6b2figs-synecdocheσεαυτὸν δεῖξον1show yourselfHere, the word **yourself** represents the skin of the leper. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “show your skin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
102MRK145i91afigs-metaphorἤρξατο κηρύσσειν πολλὰ καὶ διαφημίζειν τὸν λόγον1began to proclaim often and to spread the word widelyHere, **spread the word widely** is a metaphor for telling people in many places about what had happened. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “began to tell people in many places about what Jesus had done” (See: and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
103MRK145z363figs-hyperboleπάντοθεν1from all sidesThe word **all sides** is a hyperbole used to emphasize how very many places the people came from. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “from all over the region” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
104MRK2introzhb50# Mark 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>1. Jesus heals the paralytic (2:1-12)<br>1. Jesus tells Levi to follow him (2:13,14)<br>1. The feast at Levis house (2:15-17)<br>1. Questions about fasting (2:18-22)<br>1. Picking grain on the Sabbath (2:22-28)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Sinners”<br><br>When the people of Jesus time spoke of “sinners,” they were talking about people who did not obey the law of Moses and instead committed sins like stealing or sexual sins. When Jesus said that he came to call “sinners,” he meant that only people who believe that they are sinners can be his followers. This is true even if they are not what most people think of as “sinners.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### Fasting and Feasting<br><br>People would fast, or not eat food for a long time, when they were sad or were showing God that they were sorry for their sins. When they were happy, like during weddings, they would have feasts, or meals where they would eat much food. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fast]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br><br>The Jewish leaders used rhetorical questions to show that they were angry because of what Jesus said and did and that they did not believe that he was Gods Son ([Mark 2:7](../mrk/02/07.md)). Jesus used them to show the Jewish leaders that they were arrogant ([Mark 2:25-26](./25.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
105MRK21ir5jfigs-activepassiveἠκούσθη ὅτι ἐν οἴκῳ ἐστίν1it was heard that he is at homeIf it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “The people there heard that he was staying at his home” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
106MRK21j6pagrammar-connect-time-backgroundκαὶ εἰσελθὼν πάλιν εἰς Καφαρναοὺμ1The author tells us that Jesus **entered again** to remind us that he has already been in Capernaum in [1:21](../01/21.md). You could make this more explicit in your language. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “Jesus came a second time to the town called Capernaum” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
107MRK21afvifigs-explicitἐν οἴκῳ ἐστίν1There is some debate over whose **house** this is. It could possibly be (1) Peters house. Peters house functioned as the place where Jesus always returned to when we was in the town of Capernaum. Alternate translation: “He was in Peters house” or (2) you could leave it generic, and not specify whose house it was. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
108MRK23s21gtranslate-unknownπαραλυτικὸν1A paralytic is someone who is not able to completely use their body. Sometimes they just cant use their legs, but sometimes they cant use anything. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
109MRK24v6matranslate-unknownἀπεστέγασαν τὴν στέγην ὅπου ἦν, καὶ ἐξορύξαντες, χαλῶσι1they removed the roof where he was, and having made an opening, they loweredHouses where Jesus lived had flat roofs made of clay and covered with tiles. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they removed the tiles from the part of the roof above where Jesus was. And when they had dug through the clay roof, they lowered” or “they made a hole in the roof above where Jesus was, and then they lowered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
110MRK24ouxrtranslate-unknownκράβαττον1A mat was a portable bed that could also be used to transport a person. Think of something in your culture that you might carry an injured person on to get them medical attention. Alternate translation: “a stretcher” or “a cot” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown)
111MRK25trg9figs-explicitἰδὼν…τὴν πίστιν αὐτῶν1having seen their faith**having seen the mens faith** could mean: (1) only the men who carried the paralyzed man had **faith**. (2) the paralyzed man and the men who brought him to Jesus all had **faith**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
112MRK25hzg6translate-kinshipτέκνον1ChildThe word **Child** here shows Jesus cared for the man as a father cares for a son. This man was not actually Jesus son. If your language has a term like this, you can clarify. Alternate translation: “Beloved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
113MRK26le6vfigs-metonymyδιαλογιζόμενοι ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν1reasoning in their heartsHere, **hearts** is a metonym for the peoples thoughts. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “were thinking to themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
114MRK27yr5afigs-rquestionτί οὗτος οὕτως λαλεῖ?1Why does this man speak this way?The scribes used this question to show their anger that Jesus said “Your sins are forgiven.” If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This man should not speak this way!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
115MRK27sj6jfigs-rquestionτίς δύναται ἀφιέναι ἁμαρτίας, εἰ μὴ εἷς ὁ Θεός?1Who is able to forgive sins except God alone?The scribes used this question to say that since only **God is able to forgive sins**, then Jesus should not say “Your sins are forgiven.” If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Only God can forgive sins, not a man!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
116MRK28niy6figs-metonymyτῷ πνεύματι αὐτοῦ1in his spiritThe word **spirit** is a metonym for his inner thoughts and desires. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in his inner being” or “within himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
117MRK28h3zpfigs-explicitἐπιγνοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς τῷ πνεύματι αὐτοῦ1This phrase implies that Jesus had supernatural knowledge. It indicates that Jesus knew what the scribes were saying even though he did not hear what they said. If it would be helpful to your readers, your could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Even though no one told Jesus, he knew” or “Even though Jesus had not heard them, he was fully aware”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
118MRK28wga7figs-rquestionτί ταῦτα διαλογίζεσθε ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν?1Why are you thinking these things in your hearts?Jesus uses this question to tell the scribes that what they are thinking is wrong. It also shows that He knows what they are thinking without them saying it out loud. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “What you are thinking is wrong.” or “Do not think that I am blaspheming.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
119MRK28s3m6figs-metonymyταῦτα…ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν1these things in your heartsThe word **hearts** is a metonym for their inner thoughts and desires. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “this inside yourselves” or “these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
120MRK29wv5dfigs-rquestionτί ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον, εἰπεῖν τῷ παραλυτικῷ, ἀφίενταί σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι, ἢ εἰπεῖν, ἔγειρε καὶ ἆρον τὸν κράβαττόν σου καὶ περιπάτει?1Which is easier to say to the paralyzed man, Your sins have been forgiven or to say Get up and take up your bed, and walk?Jesus uses this question to make the scribes think about what might prove whether or not he could really forgive sins. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I just said to the paralyzed man, Your sins are forgiven. You may think that it is harder to say Get up, take up your bed, and walk, because the proof of whether or not I can heal him will be shown by whether or not he gets up and walks.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
121MRK210g4jnεἰδῆτε1But in order that you may knowThe word **you** refers to the scribes and the crowd. If this would be misunderstood, you can state this explicitly.
122MRK210jw9zfigs-123personὅτι ἐξουσίαν ἔχει ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου1that the Son of Man has authorityJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man.” If this is confusing in your language, you can use the second person and convey the respect in another way. Alternate translation: “that I am the Son of Man and I have authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
123MRK212ki94ἔμπροσθεν πάντων1in front of everyoneAlternate translation: “in the presence of everyone in the house”
124MRK213ma6fgrammar-connect-time-backgroundκαὶ ἐξῆλθεν πάλιν παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν, καὶ πᾶς ὁ ὄχλος ἤρχετο πρὸς αὐτόν, καὶ ἐδίδασκεν αὐτούς1Connecting Statement:This phrase acts as background information to tell the reader where the next event is taking place. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
125MRK213zecnfigs-goπᾶς ὁ ὄχλος ἤρχετο πρὸς αὐτόν1Your language may say “went” rather than came in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “A large crowd went to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
126MRK214sc4gtranslate-namesΛευεὶν τὸν τοῦ Ἁλφαίου1Levi son of Alphaeus**Alphaeus** was the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
127MRK215bwv2ἦσαν γὰρ πολλοὶ, καὶ ἠκολούθουν αὐτῷ1for there were many and they were following himAlternate translation: “There were many tax collectors and sinful people who followed Jesus”
128MRK215zqcufigs-hendiadysκαὶ πολλοὶ τελῶναι καὶ ἁμαρτωλοὶ συνανέκειντο τῷ Ἰησοῦ1These two groups are used to express that Jesus and his students were eating with many people who the religious leaders looked down upon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
129MRK216rwu1figs-rquestionοἱ γραμματεῖς τῶν Φαρισαίων1This phrase tells the reader that these scribes were members of the group known as the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “The scribes, who were members of the Pharisees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
130MRK216b1bifigs-rquestionὅτι μετὰ τῶν τελωνῶν καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν ἐσθίει?1Why is he eating with the tax collectors and sinners?The scribes and Pharisees asked this question to show they disapproved of Jesus hospitality to tax collectors and sinners. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “He should not eat with sinners and tax collectors!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
131MRK217ak1uwriting-proverbsοὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν οἱ ἰσχύοντες ἰατροῦ, ἀλλ’ οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες1The ones being healthy do not have need of a physician, but the ones having sicknessJesus used this proverb about sick people and doctors to teach them that only people who know that they are sinful realize that they need Jesus. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
132MRK217c62jfigs-ironyοὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν οἱ ἰσχύοντες ἰατροῦ, ἀλλ’ οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες. οὐκ ἦλθον καλέσαι δικαίους, ἀλλὰ ἁμαρτωλούς1**Those who are sick** are equated with those who are wanting to be saved by Jesus. The **healthy** are equated with those who do not think they need Jesus. Jesus does not actually think those who do not want him are healthy, but the opposite. He says this because those people think they are healthy in their own eyes and do not need Jesus. If this would be confusing in your language, you be more explicit. Alternate translation: “Those who suppose themselves to be healthy do not need a doctor. It is those who know that they are sick who need a doctor”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
133MRK217lh4lfigs-ellipsisοὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν οἱ ἰσχύοντες ἰατροῦ, ἀλλ’ οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες1The words **have a need of a physician** are assumed in the second phrase. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: Those who are healthy do not need a doctor, but those whoa re sick need a doctor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
134MRK217ca4efigs-ellipsisοὐκ ἦλθον καλέσαι…ἀλλὰ ἁμαρτωλούς1but sinnersThe words **I came...to call** are understood from the phrase before this. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but I came to call sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
135MRK218z394ἔρχονται1they are coming**They came** refers to an unknown group of people. It is best to leave this unknown, as it is not clear who is being talked about here. Alternate translation: “A group of unknown men came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
136MRK218j1h2figs-explicitκαὶ ἦσαν οἱ μαθηταὶ Ἰωάννου καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι νηστεύοντες1This fast is likely referring to the fast which the religious leaders performed twice per week. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “Now, the students of John and the Pharisees were performing their bi-weekly fast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
137MRK218y7bmfigs-explicitκαὶ ἦσαν οἱ μαθηταὶ Ἰωάννου καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι νηστεύοντες.1This phrase provides background information. The author is telling us this to help us to understand why Jesus was being asked this question. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Now, it happened at the time when the students of John the Baptizer and the Pharisees were fasting.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
138MRK219eke3figs-rquestionμὴ δύνανται οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος ἐν ᾧ ὁ νυμφίος μετ’ αὐτῶν ἐστιν νηστεύειν?1The sons of the wedding chamber are not able to fast while the bridegroom is still with them, are they?Jesus uses this question to remind the people of something they already know and to encourage them to apply it to him and his disciples. Alternate translation: “Wedding attendants do not fast while the bridegroom is with them. Rather they celebrate and feast.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
139MRK219tiizfigs-extrainfoμὴ δύνανται οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος ἐν ᾧ ὁ νυμφίος μετ’ αὐτῶν ἐστιν νηστεύειν?1It is best to keep this verse the way it is. Do not clarify that it is about Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
140MRK220vg2ufigs-activepassiveἀπαρθῇ…ὁ νυμφίος1the bridegroom may be taken awayIf it would be more natural in your language, you could say **the bridegroom may be taken away** with an active form. Alternate translation: “the bridegroom will leave his friends” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
141MRK220y79ofigs-activepassiveτότε1**then** here shows the reader that the bridegroom must first leave, and then the friends will begin fasting. Make sure this is clear in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
142MRK221v6xcfigs-explicitοὐδεὶς ἐπίβλημα ῥάκους ἀγνάφου ἐπιράπτει ἐπὶ ἱμάτιον παλαιόν1No one sews a patch of unshrunk cloth on an old garmentWhen a piece of clothing gets a hole in it, another piece of cloth, a patch, is sewn onto the clothing to cover the hole. If this patch has not yet been washed, it will shrink and tear the piece of clothing, making the hole worse than it was to begin with. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
143MRK221vdzafigs-parablesοὐδεὶς ἐπίβλημα ῥάκους ἀγνάφου ἐπιράπτει ἐπὶ ἱμάτιον παλαιόν; εἰ δὲ μή αἴρει τὸ πλήρωμα ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ, τὸ καινὸν τοῦ παλαιοῦ, καὶ χεῖρον σχίσμα γίνεται.1This verse is a parable, as well as verse 22. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
144MRK222fk15figs-explicitἀσκοὺς1wineskinsThese were bags made out of animal skins where wine was stored. If they were old and used, and someone put new wine in them, they would tear. This would happen because the wine expands as it sits for a long time and the old wine skins could no longer stretch with the wine. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
145MRK222dgczfigs-ellipsisἀλλὰ οἶνον νέον εἰς ἀσκοὺς καινούς1In this phrase, it is assumed that **new wine** is being poured **into fresh wineskins**. If this would be confusing in your language, you can clarify. Alternate translation: “But you should pour new wine into new wineskins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
146MRK223jya1figs-explicitτίλλοντες τοὺς στάχυας1picking the heads of grainPlucking grain in others fields and eating it was not considered stealing. It was actually a commandment of the Law to leave the grain on the edges of your field standing so that those who were hungry could eat it. The question was whether it was lawful to do this on the Sabbath. If this would be misunderstood In your culture, you can clarify. Alternate translation: plucking heads of grain, as the Law permitted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
147MRK223k3pafigs-explicitτοὺς στάχυας1the heads of grainThe **heads** are the topmost part of the wheat plant, which is a kind of tall grass. The heads hold the mature grain or seeds of the plant. The disciples were **picking the heads of grain** to eat the kernels, or seeds, in them. This can be worded to show the full meaning. Alternate translation: “picking heads of grain and eating the seeds”. If this would be misunderstood in your language, think of a type of food that you have to remove from a shell or casing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
148MRK224h41afigs-rquestionἴδε, τί ποιοῦσιν τοῖς Σάββασιν ὃ οὐκ ἔξεστιν?1Look, why are they doing what is not lawful on the Sabbaths?The Pharisees ask Jesus a question to condemn him. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “Look! They are breaking the Jewish law concerning the Sabbaths.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
149MRK224bf8wfigs-exclamationsἴδε1Look“Look at this” or “Listen.” This is a word used to get the attention of someone to show them something. If there is a word in your language that is used to draw a persons attention to something, you could use that here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
150MRK225g8sffigs-rquestionοὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε τί ἐποίησεν Δαυεὶδ1Have you never read what David didYou can state this (1) as a command. Alternate translation: “Remember what you read about what David did” or (2) as a statement. Alternate translation: “you have read that David did the same thing when he and those with him were hungry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
151MRK225r14dfigs-explicitοὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε τί ἐποίησεν Δαυεὶδ1Have you never read what David didJesus refers to reading about David in the Old Testament. You can translate this showing the implicit information. Alternate translation: “Have you not read in the scriptures what David did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
152MRK225cjzxfigs-doubletὅτε χρείαν ἔσχεν καὶ ἐπείνασεν1**had need** and **hungry** are two words that being used to express the same idea. If it would be misunderstood in your language, you can combine the two words in your translation. Alternate translation: “When he was in need of food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
153MRK226y57jfigs-explicitτοὺς ἄρτους τῆς Προθέσεως1the bread of the presenceThis refers to the 12 loaves of **bread** that were placed on a golden table in the tabernacle or temple building as a sacrifice to God during Old Testament times. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
154MRK226wz3gfigs-metaphorεἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ1Jesus is figuratively describing the tabernacle as the house of God. He is speaking as if it were the place where God lived, since Gods presence was there. Alternate translation: “David went into the tabernacle” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
155MRK227i374figs-activepassiveτὸ Σάββατον διὰ τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐγένετο1The Sabbath was made for manJesus makes clear why God established the Sabbath. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God made the Sabbath for mankind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
156MRK227u83sfigs-gendernotationsτὸν ἄνθρωπον1man**man** is a word which refers to both men and women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
157MRK227v3mbfigs-genericnounτὸν ἄνθρωπον1**man** is a generic noun. It does not refer to any specific person, but to mankind as a whole. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
158MRK227s2ydfigs-ellipsisοὐχ ὁ ἄνθρωπος διὰ τὸ Σάββατον1not man for the SabbathThe words **was made** are understood from the previous phrase. They can be repeated here. Alternate translation: “man was not made for the Sabbath” or “God did not make man for the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
159MRK228wgwu1Son of Man is a common title given to Jesus. See the introduction to the book for a detailed explanation of the title.
160MRK228pwb51There are two major interpretations of this passage. (1) Many think that Jesus is here appealing to his heavenly authority to speak about the Sabbath day to the religious leaders. Alternate translation: “Therefore, I, the Son of Man, am Lord of the Sabbath.” (2) **son of man** is a popular title used in the Old Testament to refer to a human being. Jesus could be saying (functioning as the conclusion to the previous verse) that mankind has authority over the Sabbath, and that the Sabbath does not have authority over mankind. Alternate translation: “Therefore, mankind has authority over the Sabbath”.
161MRK3introx9690# Mark 3 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Sabbath<br><br>It was against the law of Moses to do work on the Sabbath. The Pharisees believed healing a sick person on the Sabbath was “work,” so they said that Jesus did wrong when he healed a person on the Sabbath. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### “Blasphemy against the Spirit”<br><br>No one knows for sure what actions people perform or what words they say when they commit this sin. However, they probably insult the Holy Spirit and his work. Part of the Holy Spirits work is to make people understand that they are sinners and that they need to have God forgive them. Therefore, anyone who does not try to stop sinning is probably committing blasphemy against the Spirit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blasphemy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### The twelve disciples<br><br>The following are the lists of the twelve disciples:<br><br>In Matthew:<br><br>Simon (Peter), Andrew, James son of Zebedee, John son of Zebedee, Philip, Bartholomew, Thomas, Matthew, James son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot and Judas Iscariot.<br><br>In Mark:<br><br>Simon (Peter), Andrew, James the son of Zebedee and John the son of Zebedee (to whom he gave the name Boanerges, that is, sons of thunder), Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot, and Judas Iscariot.<br><br>In Luke:<br><br>Simon (Peter), Andrew, James, John, Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Simon (who was called the Zealot), Judas the son of James, and Judas Iscariot.<br><br>Thaddaeus is probably the same person as Jude, the son of James.<br><br>### Brothers and Sisters<br><br>Most people call those who have the same parents “brother” and “sister” and think of them as the most important people in their lives. Many people also call those with the same grandparents “brother” and “sister.” In this chapter Jesus says that the most important people to him are those who obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/brother]])
162MRK32vr25figs-explicitἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ1so that they might accuse himIf Jesus were to heal the man that day, the Pharisees would **accuse him** of breaking the law by the working on the Sabbath. Alternate translation: “so that they could accuse him of wrongdoing” or “so that they could accuse him of breaking the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
163MRK32q35xgrammar-connect-logic-goalἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ1This phrase tells the reader why the Pharisees were watching Jesus. Alternate translation: “They were doing this so that they could accuse him of working on the jewish rest day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
164MRK33nm6wἔγειρε εἰς τὸ μέσον1in our midst**midst** here is referring to the group people who were gathered inside of the synagogue. If this would be confusing in your language, you can be explicit. Alternate translation: “Stand up in front of all of those meeting here”
165MRK34mh3zfigs-rquestionἔξεστιν τοῖς Σάββασιν ἀγαθοποιῆσαι ἢ κακοποιῆσαι, ψυχὴν σῶσαι ἢ ἀποκτεῖναι?1Is it lawful on the Sabbaths to do good, or to do harm; to save a life, or to kill?Jesus said this to challenge them. He wanted them to acknowledge that it is **lawful** to obey God and do good on the Sabbath. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you may state these questions as sentences. Alternate translation: “It is allowed for people to do good on the sabbath, but not to do evil. Likewise it is allowed to save someone on the sabbath, but not to kill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
166MRK34i71vfigs-parallelismἀγαθοποιῆσαι ἢ κακοποιῆσαι, ψυχὴν σῶσαι ἢ ἀποκτεῖναι1to do good, or to do harm … to save a life, or to kill**Do the laws that God gave Moses permit people to do good on the day of rest, or to do evil** and **Do the laws permit us to save a persons life on the day of rest, or permit us to refuse to help a person and let them die** are similar in meaning, except that the second is more extreme. The two phrases are trying to make the same point. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
167MRK34vz6cfigs-ellipsisψυχὴν σῶσαι ἢ ἀποκτεῖναι1to save a life, or to killThe phrase **is it lawful** is assumed here. If this would be misunderstood, you may clarify and add it again for the second phrase. Alternate translation: “is it lawful to save a life, or is it lawful to kill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
168MRK34nut4figs-metonymyψυχὴν1a lifeThis refers to physical life and is a metonym for a person. Alternate translation: “someone from dying” or “someones life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
169MRK35n4epfigs-metaphorτῇ πωρώσει τῆς καρδίας αὐτῶν1**hardness of heart** is a common metaphor which describes stubbornness towards Gods will. The Pharisees were stubborn about their unwillingness to do anything on the Sabbath — whether good or evil. They therefore leave this man to suffer with his crippled hand. Alternate Translation: “by their stubbornness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
170MRK35c3qefigs-activepassiveἀπεκατεστάθη ἡ χεὶρ αὐτοῦ1his hand was restoredYou can state this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Jesus restored his hand” or “Jesus healed his hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
171MRK36nvk1figs-explicitτῶν Ἡρῳδιανῶν1the HerodiansThis is the name of a group of people who supported the ruler Herod Antipas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
172MRK38bi1bτῆς Ἰδουμαίας1IdumeaThis is the region, previously known as Edom, which covered the southern half of the province of Judea.
173MRK38mm5vfigs-explicitὅσα ἐποίει1how much he was doingThis refers to the miracles Jesus was performing. Alternate translation: “the great miracles that Jesus had performed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
174MRK39zu5efigs-explicitεἶπεν τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ, ἵνα πλοιάριον προσκαρτερῇ αὐτῷ διὰ τὸν ὄχλον, ἵνα μὴ θλίβωσιν αὐτόν1he said to his disciples that a small boat should be waiting for him because of the crowd, so that they would not press against himAs the large **crowd** was pushing forward toward Jesus, he was in danger of being crushed by them. They would not crush him intentionally. It was because there were so many people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
175MRK310e86sgrammar-connect-logic-resultπολλοὺς γὰρ ἐθεράπευσεν, ὥστε ἐπιπίπτειν αὐτῷ, ἵνα αὐτοῦ ἅψωνται ὅσοι εἶχον μάστιγας1For he healed many, so that as many as had diseases pressed against him so that they might touch himThis tells why so many people were crowding around Jesus that he thought they might crush him. Alternate translation: “For, because Jesus had healed many people, everyone pressed against him so that they might touch him” See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
176MRK310ge71figs-explicitἐπιπίπτειν αὐτῷ, ἵνα αὐτοῦ ἅψωνται ὅσοι εἶχον μάστιγας1as many as had diseases pressed against him so that they might touch himThey did this because they believed that touching Jesus would make them well. This can be expressed clearly. Alternate translation: “all the sick people pushed forward eagerly trying to touch him so that they might be healed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
177MRK310qyyvfigs-metaphorὥστε ἐπιπίπτειν αὐτῷ1To **press against** someone means that they are drawing very close to them. Usually this has to do with crowds surrounding someone. If this would be misunderstood, think of a way in your language which this could be expressed. Alternate translation: “so a large number of people surrounded him closely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
178MRK311ca5ifigs-explicitπροσέπιπτον αὐτῷ καὶ ἔκραζον λέγοντα1they were falling down before him and crying out, sayingHere, **they** refers to the unclean spirits. It is they who are causing the people they possess to do things. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “they caused the people they were possessing to fall down before him and to cry out to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
179MRK311rpwxfigs-explicitπροσέπιπτον αὐτῷ καὶ ἔκραζον λέγοντα1The spirits knew who Jesus is without Him telling them. This is because Jesus is God, and He is the one who created them. If readers would misunderstand this, you can make it explicit. Alternate translation “they caused the people whom they controlled to fall down because of Jesus power, and they cried out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
180MRK311xf41guidelines-sonofgodprinciplesὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ1the Son of GodThis is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
181MRK313fatxfigs-idiomἀναβαίνει εἰς τὸ ὄρος1**he goes up on the mountain** does not refer to a specific mountain. This phrase is an idiom which means that Jesus traveled to the mountainous regions. If this would be misunderstood, you may state it explicitly. Alternate Translation: “Jesus went up into the mountainous regions” or “Jesus went up into area with many hills” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
182MRK316ywlitranslate-textvariantsκαὶ ἐποίησεν τοὺς δώδεκα1Some manuscripts do not include the words **and he appointed the Twelve**. This is likely original, but some writers decided to leave it out because verse 14 has a similar phrase. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
183MRK316ozlifigs-nominaladjτοὺς δώδεκα1Luke is using the adjective **Twelve** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “his 12 apostles” or “the 12 men whom he had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
184MRK316i7tftranslate-namesκαὶ ἐπέθηκεν ὄνομα τῷ Σίμωνι, Πέτρον1To Simon, also he added the name Peter**Simon** is the first man listed. All of the names listed here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
185MRK316bt0ffigs-explicitἐπέθηκεν ὄνομα τῷ Σίμωνι, Πέτρον1In ancient times, people changed their names to show that they are changing something about them. Here, Jesus changes Peters name to show that Peter is now one of his followers. This also happens in the next verse. If this would be misunderstood, think of something in your language that people do to signify a major change in their lives. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
186MRK317n4gytranslate-metaphorὀνόματα Βοανηργές, ὅ ἐστιν υἱοὶ βροντῆς1the name Boanerges, that is, sons of thunderJesus called them this because they were like **thunder**. Alternate translation: “the name Boanerges, which means men who are like thunder” or “the name Boanerges, which means thunder men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-metaphor]])
187MRK319r3zsὃς καὶ παρέδωκεν αὐτόν1who also betrayed himThis note tells the reader that **Judas Iscariot** stood out from the rest of the Apostles, in that he later would betray the Lord. Alternate translation: “who later betrayed Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
188MRK320jxr5καὶ ἔρχεται εἰς οἶκον1And he is entering into a houseThis is likely the same house which was mentioned previously. See note on 2:1
189MRK320rq6kfigs-synecdocheμὴ δύνασθαι αὐτοὺς μηδὲ ἄρτον φαγεῖν1they are not able even to eat breadThe word **bread** represents food. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples could not eat at all” or “they could not eat anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
190MRK321uyl8ἔλεγον γὰρ1for they saidHere, **they** could refer to: (1) his relatives. (2) some people in the crowd.
191MRK321mf5qfigs-idiomἐξέστη1He is out of his mindThis idiom describes how they think he is acting. Alternate translation: “He is crazy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
192MRK323q8f3figs-rquestionπῶς δύναται Σατανᾶς Σατανᾶν ἐκβάλλειν?1How is Satan able to cast out Satan?Jesus asked this rhetorical question in response to the scribes saying that he **cast out** demons by Beelzebul. This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Satan cannot cast out himself!” or “Satan does not go against his own evil spirits!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
193MRK323xb13figs-synecdocheΣατανᾶν1The name **Satan** is used here to refer to Satans “kingdom”, and not just him. If a reader would misunderstand this, you can make it explicit. Alternate translation: “his own power” or “his own evil spirits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
194MRK324j5svfigs-parablesκαὶ ἐὰν βασιλεία ἐφ’ ἑαυτὴν μερισθῇ, οὐ δύναται σταθῆναι ἡ βασιλεία ἐκείνη1Jesus uses this parable to show why scribes are wrong to think Jesus is controlled by Satan. He is saying that if a group of people are not united, they will not be able to exist together. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
195MRK324b4z4figs-synecdocheἐὰν βασιλεία ἐφ’ ἑαυτὴν μερισθῇ1if a kingdom might have been divided against itselfThe word **kingdom** refers to the people who live in the **kingdom**. Alternate translation: “If the people who live in a kingdom are divided against each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
196MRK324k3bzfigs-metaphorοὐ δύναται σταθῆναι1is not able to standThis phrase is a metaphor meaning that the people will no longer be united and they will fall. Alternate translation: “will no longer exist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
197MRK324h7hrfigs-litotesοὐ δύναται σταθῆναι1is not able to standYou can state this phrase in positive form. Alternate translation: “will fall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
198MRK325zcr1figs-metonymyοἰκία1a houseThis is a metonym for the people who live in **a house**. Alternate translation: “a family” or “a household” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
199MRK325dm6jfigs-parablesκαὶ ἐὰν οἰκία ἐφ’ ἑαυτὴν μερισθῇ, οὐ δυνήσεται ἡ οἰκία ἐκείνη σταθῆναι1This is another parable which shows the religious leaders why they are wrong. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
200MRK325dlevfigs-parallelismκαὶ ἐὰν οἰκία ἐφ’ ἑαυτὴν μερισθῇ, οὐ δυνήσεται ἡ οἰκία ἐκείνη σταθῆναι1This parable is identical to the previous one. If the repetition would confuse readers, you can use one or the other. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
201MRK326w7nafigs-rpronounsεἰ ὁ Σατανᾶς ἀνέστη ἐφ’ ἑαυτὸν καὶ ἐμερίσθη1if Satan rose up against himself and was dividedThe word **himself** is a reflexive pronoun that refers back to Satan. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
202MRK326vif7figs-parallelismκαὶ εἰ ὁ Σατανᾶς ἀνέστη ἐφ’ ἑαυτὸν καὶ ἐμερίσθη, οὐ δύναται στῆναι, ἀλλὰ τέλος ἔχει1While this parable is similar to the previous two, it would be good to keep it, as the parable refers back to the original problem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
203MRK326df2ffigs-metaphorοὐ δύναται στῆναι, ἀλλὰ τέλος ἔχει1he is not able to stand, but he has an endThis is a metaphor meaning he will fall and not endure. Alternate translation: “he will cease to be united and will be finished” or “he cannot endure and has come to an end” or “he will fall and come to an end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
204MRK327mvr6figs-parablesἀλλ’ οὐ δύναται οὐδεὶς εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ ἰσχυροῦ εἰσελθὼν τὰ σκεύη αὐτοῦ διαρπάσαι, ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον τὸν ἰσχυρὸν δήσῃ; καὶ τότε τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ διαρπάσει.1he will plunderThis parable tells about how Jesus is binding Satan and his evil spirits, and saving the people whom he had controlled previously. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
205MRK327x9lkfigs-genericnounοὐδεὶς1This doe not refer to a specific person, but to people in general. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
206MRK328f6fqἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν1Truly I say to youJesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. Alternate translation: “What I am about to tell you is very true”
207MRK328p6szfigs-idiomτοῖς υἱοῖς τῶν ἀνθρώπων1of the sons of menHere, the phrase **sons of men** is an idiom which means the people. Alternate translation: “of people” or “of mankind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
208MRK329ips3figs-genericnounὃς δ’ ἂν1**Whoever** here does not refer to anyone, but is a generic word for a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
209MRK330sfa2figs-idiomπνεῦμα ἀκάθαρτον ἔχει1He has an unclean spiritThis is an idiom that means to be possessed by **an unclean spirit**. Alternate translation: “an unclean spirit is controlling him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
210MRK331gef8καὶ ἔρχονται ἡ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ1Then his mother and his brothers comeAlternate Translation: “Then Jesus mother and brothers arrived”
211MRK333qe8cfigs-rquestionτίς ἐστιν ἡ μήτηρ μου, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί μου?1Who are my mother and my brothers?Jesus uses this question to teach the people that he considers those who follow God to be his beloved These are people who belong to his spiritual family. He has not forgotten who his family members are. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you may make it explicit. Alternate translation: “I will tell you who I consider to be my mother and brothers” or “I will tell you who I love as a mother or brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
212MRK333iu9rtranslate-kinshipἡ μήτηρ μου, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί μου1Jesus is using the words **mother** and **brother** here not referring to biological relatives, but to those whom he loves and whom obey God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
213MRK335dr45figs-genericnounὃς1whoever may do … this is**whoever** does not refer to any specific person, but to any person who does these things. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
214MRK335yr9ifigs-metaphorοὗτος ἀδελφός μου καὶ ἀδελφὴ καὶ μήτηρ ἐστίν1this is my brother, and sister, and motherThis is a metaphor that means Jesus disciples belong to Jesus spiritual family. This is more important than belonging to his physical family. Alternate translation: “that person is like a brother, sister, or mother to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
215MRK4introf5ua0# Mark 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Mark 4:3-10 forms one parable. The parable is explained in 4:14-23.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 4:12, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Parables<br><br>The parables were short stories that Jesus told so that people would easily understand the lesson he was trying to teach them. He also told the stories so that those who did not want to believe in him would not understand the truth.
216MRK41i95egrammar-connect-logic-resultὥστε αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ πλοῖον ἐμβάντα, καθῆσθαι ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ1the seaJesus **stepped into the boat** because the crowd was so big that it would have been very difficult for them all to hear him. If this would not be clear in your language, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because the crowd was so large, Jesus went out onto a boat so the crowd could hear his teaching.” See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
217MRK42h2a9καὶ ἐδίδασκεν αὐτοὺς ἐν παραβολαῖς πολλά, καὶ ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ αὐτοῦ1Mark provides this background information about Jesus actions to help readers understand what happens while Jesus is on the boat. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
218MRK43vqh3figs-parablesἀκούετε! ἰδοὺ, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρων σπεῖραι1Listen! Behold, the sowerJesus teaches the crowd about what happens when different people hear Jesus teaching. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
219MRK43gmdifigs-imperativeἀκούετε1This is an imperative which Jesus speaks to get his listeners to hear what he is about to say. Use a form in your language that would be used in this type of situation. Alternate translation: “Listen to what I am about to say!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
220MRK44si37figs-explicitἐν τῷ σπείρειν, ὃ μὲν ἔπεσεν παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν1as he sowed, some fell beside the roadMany cultures, when they plant seeds, bury them after planting them to protect them from animals that eat seeds. The seeds on path did not have a chance to be hidden from the birds, so they ate them. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “As we was scattering the seeds, some of them fell unprotected from animals onto the path. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
221MRK45wuw2καὶ ἄλλο ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ τὸ πετρῶδες1In this verse and in the following 4 verses, the word **other** is referring to seeds that fell in different areas as the sower was planting. If this would be misunderstood, see the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
222MRK46z2elfigs-idiomἀνέτειλεν ὁ ἥλιος1**the sun rose** is an idiom which means when the sun got to its highest and hottest point in the sky. If this would be misunderstood, you state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “when the hottest time of the day came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
223MRK46ee49figs-activepassiveἐκαυματίσθη1it was scorchedIf it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “it scorched the plants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
224MRK47bw62ἄλλο ἔπεσεν1choked it … it did not produceSee the note on [4:5](../04/05.md)
225MRK48v3srfigs-ellipsisαὐξανόμενα, καὶ ἔφερεν εἰς τριάκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑξήκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑκατόν1increasing and yielding one, 30, and one, 60, and one, 100The amount of grain produced by each plant is being compared to the single seed from which it grew. Ellipsis is used here to shorten the phrases but they can be written out. Alternate translation: “Some plants bore 30 times as much grain, some produced 60 times as much grain, and some produced 100 times as much grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
226MRK48u327translate-numbersτριάκοντα…ἑξήκοντα…ἑκατόν130 … 60 … 100“thirty … sixty … a hundred.” These may be written as numerals. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
227MRK49p2usfigs-metonymyὃς ἔχει ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω1Whoever has ears to hear, let him hearThe phrase **has ears** here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Whoever is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
228MRK49qxy4figs-123personὃς ἔχει ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω1Whoever has ears to hear, let him hearSince Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
229MRK410u2njὅτε ἐγένετο κατὰ μόνας1when he was aloneThis does not mean that Jesus was completely **alone**. Rather, it means that the crowds were gone and Jesus was only with the twelve and some of his other close followers.
230MRK410kqczfigs-nominaladjτοῖς δώδεκα1See how you translated the phrase **the Twelve** in [11:7](../11/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
231MRK411t9eefigs-activepassiveὑμῖν τὸ μυστήριον δέδοται τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ1To you has been givenIf it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “I have given you the mystery of the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
232MRK411q2azfigs-explicitἐκείνοις…τοῖς ἔξω1to those who are outside**to those who are outside** refers to the people who are not a part of Jesus group of disciples. If this would be misunderstood, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to those who are outside of this group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
233MRK412p4fvfigs-metaphorβλέπωσι καὶ μὴ ἴδωσιν1they may look, but may not see**see** here is a metaphor for being spiritually blind. Alternate translation: “When they see my works, they will not know why I am doing them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
234MRK412e33yfigs-quotesinquotesἵνα βλέποντες, βλέπωσι καὶ μὴ ἴδωσιν; καὶ ἀκούοντες, ἀκούωσι καὶ μὴ συνιῶσιν1Mark is quoting Jesus, and Jesus is quoting the prophet Isaiah. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. For clarity, you could also indicate the source of the words that Jesus is quoting. Alternate translation: “so that as the prophet Isaiah said, though they see, they will not perceive, and though they hear, they will not understand” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes)
235MRK412p9yrfigs-metaphorμήποτε ἐπιστρέψωσιν1so that they would not turn**turn** is a metaphor for “repent.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or state it in plain language. Alternate translation: “so that they would not repent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
236MRK413fs1vfigs-rquestionοὐκ οἴδατε τὴν παραβολὴν ταύτην, καὶ πῶς πάσας τὰς παραβολὰς γνώσεσθε?1Do you not understand this parable? And how will you understand all the parables?Jesus used **Do you not understand this parable?** and **how will you understand all the parables?** to show how disappointed he was that his disciples could not understand his parable. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “If you cannot understand this parable, think about how hard it will be for you to understand all of the other parables” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
237MRK414m72pfigs-metonymyὁ σπείρων τὸν λόγον σπείρει1If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Markss meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “The one sowing the seed represents a person who proclaims Gods message to others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
238MRK414rp6hfigs-metonymyτὸν λόγον σπείρει1sows the wordHere, **the word** means the gospel which Jesus was proclaiming. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “sowed the message which Jesus was proclaiming” or “sowed the gospel message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
239MRK414xdajfigs-metaphorτὸν λόγον σπείρει1sows the wordSowing the message represents teaching it. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Pauls meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the one who teaches people Gods message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
240MRK415p68ufigs-metaphorοὗτοι δέ εἰσιν οἱ παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν1If your readers would not understand this metaphor, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “Some people represent the instance when the seeds fell along the path. ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
241MRK415gcuhfigs-metaphorοὗτοι1**These** is a generic noun for people. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “Certain people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
242MRK416ty3qfigs-metaphorκαὶ οὗτοί εἰσιν ὁμοίως οἱ ἐπὶ τὰ πετρώδη σπειρόμενοι1These are the onesIf your readers would not understand this metaphor, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “Some people represent the seeds which the farmer sowed upon the rocky soil. ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
243MRK416d7epfigs-metaphorοὗτοί1See the note on **these** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
244MRK416gdq7figs-metaphorοἱ ἐπὶ τὰ πετρώδη σπειρόμενοι1If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the ones which the sower sowed on the rocky soil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
245MRK417p5frfigs-metaphorοὐκ ἔχουσιν ῥίζαν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς1They have no root in themselvesThis is a comparison to young plants that have very shallow roots. This metaphor means that the people were first excited when they received the word, but they were not strongly devoted to it. If your readers would not understand what **they have no root in themselves** means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Pauls meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “they did not fully grasp the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
246MRK417s5mhfigs-hyperboleοὐκ…ῥίζαν1no root**They have no root in themselves** is an exaggeration to emphasize how small the roots were. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
247MRK417t21wfigs-metaphorσκανδαλίζονται1they are caused to stumble**to stumble** is an idiom which means to stop believing. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “they stop believing in Gods message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
248MRK418uu9bfigs-metaphorἄλλοι εἰσὶν οἱ εἰς τὰς ἀκάνθας σπειρόμενοι1others are the ones sown among the thornsIf your readers would not understand this metaphor, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “Some people represent the seeds which the farmer sowed into the thorny plants.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
249MRK418wlabfigs-metaphorἄλλοι1See note about **others** on [4:15](../04/15.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
250MRK419wa3kαἱ μέριμναι τοῦ αἰῶνος1the cares of this ageAlternate translation: “the worries in this life” or “the concerns about this present life”
251MRK419s7s7figs-metaphorεἰσπορευόμεναι, συνπνίγουσιν τὸν λόγον1entering in choke the wordJesus uses the metaphor **choke** to depict what these peoples desires to to them. Similarly to how a thorny plant chokes a baby plant, worldly desire chokes faith. If your readers would not understand this metaphor, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “did not allow the faith to grow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
252MRK419f4ipἄκαρπος γίνεται1it becomes unfruitful**unfruitful** is a metaphor used to depict whether one is a follower of Jesus or not. If a tree is fruitful, it is living and healthy. If it is not fruitful, it is dead or unhealthy. If your readers would not understand this metaphor, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the person does not do good works showing that they follow Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
253MRK420axh1figs-metaphorἐκεῖνοί εἰσιν οἱ ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν τὴν καλὴν σπαρέντες1these are the ones sown in the good soilIf your readers would not understand this metaphor, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “Some people represent the seeds which the farmer sowed upon the good soil. ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
254MRK420d3r7figs-ellipsisἓν τριάκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑξήκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑκατόν1one, 30, and one, 60, and one, 100This refers to the grain that the plants produce. Alternate translation: “some produce 30 grains, some produce 60 grains, and some produce 100 grains” or “some produce 30 times the grain that was sown, some produce 60 times the grain that was sown, and some produce 100 times the grain that was sown” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
255MRK420tdwjtranslate-numbersτριάκοντα…ἑξήκοντα…ἑκατόν130 … 60 … 100You can state the numbers as text. Alternate translation: “thirty … sixty … a hundred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
256MRK421zzw7αὐτοῖς1And he was saying to them**Them** could also possibly be referring to (1) the crowd. Alternate translation: “the crowd”. or (2) if you do not know, you can make it vague. Alternate translation: “them”
257MRK421nn7efigs-rquestionμήτι ἔρχεται ὁ λύχνος ἵνα ὑπὸ τὸν μόδιον τεθῇ, ἢ ὑπὸ τὴν κλίνην?1The lamp does not come in order to be put under a basket, or under the bed, does it?Jesus is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You certainly do not bring a light inside the house to put it under a basket, or under a bed!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
258MRK421dkq7figs-rquestionἵνα ὑπὸ τὸν μόδιον τεθῇ, ἢ ὑπὸ τὴν κλίνην1Mark mentions two household items here for the sake of emphasis. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
259MRK422y5knfigs-litotesοὐ γάρ ἐστιν κρυπτὸν, ἐὰν μὴ ἵνα φανερωθῇ; οὐδὲ ἐγένετο ἀπόκρυφον, ἀλλ’ ἵνα ἔλθῃ εἰς φανερόν1For nothing is hidden except so that it might be revealed, and nothing secret has happened except so that it might come to exposureYou can state this in positive form. Alternate translation: “For everything that is hidden will be made known, and everything that is secret will come out into to open” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
260MRK422kc6kfigs-parallelismοὐ…ἐστιν κρυπτὸν…οὐδὲ ἐγένετο ἀπόκρυφον1nothing is hidden … and nothing secret has happened**there is nothing that is hidden…there is nothing that is secret** Both of the phrases have the same meaning. Jesus is emphasizing that everything that is secret will be made known. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Nothing is hidden that will not be revealed?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
261MRK423k1a8figs-metonymyεἴ τις ἔχει ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω1If anyone has ears to hear, let him hearSee how your translated this in [4:09](../04/09.md)
262MRK424r2r1ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς1he was saying to themSee how you translated [4:21](../04/21.md)
263MRK424zis1figs-metaphorἐν ᾧ μέτρῳ μετρεῖτε1In that measure you useThis is a metaphor in which Jesus speaks of “understanding” as if it were “measuring.” If your readers would not understand, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Pauls meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “The one who thinks carefully about the things I have said, God will allow him to understand even more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
264MRK424c4xpfigs-activepassiveμετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν, καὶ προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν1it will be measured to you, and it will be added to youIf it would be more natural in your language, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will measure that amount for you, and he will add it to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
265MRK425i24lfigs-activepassiveδοθήσεται αὐτῷ…ἀρθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτο1to him will be given … even what he has will be taken away from himIf it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “to him God will give more … from him God will take away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
266MRK426n1mqfigs-parablesοὕτως ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ1Connecting Statement:Jesus tells the people parables to explain the kingdom of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
267MRK426r5n7figs-simileὡς ἄνθρωπος βάλῃ τὸν σπόρον1As a man who may throw his seedJesus likens the kingdom of God to a man who **may throw his seed**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of God grows like when a man throws seed on the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
268MRK426htarfigs-parablesὡς ἄνθρωπος βάλῃ τὸν σπόρον ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς1The word **man** is not speaking of any specific person, but people who scatter seed in general. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “As people who scatter seed upon the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
269MRK428cew8grammar-connect-time-sequentialπρῶτον…εἶτα…εἶτα1the earThese words show that this happened one after another. Make sure that this is clear to your audience in your translation. Alternate translation: “First, the stalks appeared. After this, the heads appeared. Finally, the mature grain in the heads” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
270MRK429ah9dfigs-metonymyεὐθὺς ἀποστέλλει τὸ δρέπανον1he immediately sends forth the sickleHere, **the sickle** is a metonym that stands for the farmer or the people whom the farmer sends out to harvest the grain. Alternate translation: “he immediately goes into the field with a sickle to harvest the grain” or “he immediately sends people with sickles into the field to harvest the grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
271MRK429yd1dδρέπανον1sickleA **sickle** is a curved blade or a sharp hook used to cut tall crops down to the ground to be harvested. If this would be misunderstood, use a tool in your language that is used to do this job.
272MRK429hx6vfigs-idiomὅτι παρέστηκεν ὁ θερισμός1because the harvest has comeHere the phrase **has come** is an idiom for the grain being ripe for harvest. Alternate translation: “because it was time for the farmers to harvest the grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
273MRK430ivk2figs-rquestionπῶς ὁμοιώσωμεν τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἢ ἐν τίνι αὐτὴν παραβολῇ θῶμεν?1How might we compare the kingdom of God, or in what parable might we present it?Jesus asked this question to cause his hearers to get the listeners attention, as he was about to speak another parable about **the kingdom of God**. Alternate translation: “With this parable I can explain what the kingdom of God is like.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
274MRK431w4l5figs-activepassiveὅταν σπαρῇ1when it may have been sownIf it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “when someone sows it” or “when someone plants it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
275MRK432x1xhfigs-personificationκαὶ ποιεῖ κλάδους μεγάλους1and it forms large branchesThe mustard tree is described as causing its branches to grow large. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “with large branches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
276MRK433y7i2καὶ τοιαύταις παραβολαῖς πολλαῖς, ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς τὸν λόγον, καθὼς ἠδύναντο ἀκούειν1tThis verse marks the end of this section of Jesus parables. Use the natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
277MRK434oo4tfigs-litotesχωρὶς δὲ παραβολῆς οὐκ ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς1Luke uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
278MRK434gp99figs-hyperboleἐπέλυεν πάντα1he was explaining everythingHere, **everything** does not actually mean everything, but rather, all of his parables which he had spoken. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could state this clearly. Alternate translation: “he explained all his parables” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
279MRK438b4xbfigs-rquestionοὐ μέλει σοι ὅτι ἀπολλύμεθα?1do you not care that we are perishing?The disciples asked this question to convey their fear. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you need to pay attention to what is happening; we are all about to die!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
280MRK438qtb3figs-exclusiveἀπολλύμεθα1we are perishingThe word **we** includes the disciples and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
281MRK439yym6figs-doubletσιώπα, πεφίμωσο1Be silent! Be still!These two phrases are similar and used to emphasize what Jesus wanted the wind and the sea to do. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “Be calm!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
282MRK440w5n4figs-rquestionτί δειλοί ἐστε? οὔπω ἔχετε πίστιν1Why are you afraid? Do you not yet have faith?Jesus asks these questions to make his disciples consider why they are **afraid** when he is with them. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should not be afraid. You need to have more faith.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
283MRK441u8e1figs-rquestionτίς ἄρα οὗτός ἐστιν, ὅτι καὶ ὁ ἄνεμος καὶ ἡ θάλασσα ὑπακούει αὐτῷ?1Who then is this, for even the wind and the sea obey him?The disciples ask this question in amazement at what Jesus did. This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “This man is not like ordinary men; even the wind and the sea obey him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
284MRK5introlh250# Mark 5 General Notes<br><br>## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Talitha, koum”<br><br>The words **Talitha, koum** ([Mark 5:41](../mrk/05/41.md)) are from the Aramaic language. Mark writes them the way they sound and then translates them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
285MRK51fix1writing-neweventκαὶ ἦλθον εἰς τὸ πέραν τῆς θαλάσσης, εἰς τὴν χώραν τῶν Γερασηνῶν1Connecting Statement:This verse acts as an introduction to the next story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “After this, they came to the other side of the Sea of Galilee, to the region where the Geresenes lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
286MRK51gt8afigs-goἦλθον1They cameYour language may say “went” rather than came in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “they went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
287MRK51vsc7translate-namesτῶν Γερασηνῶν1the GerasenesThis name refers to the people who live in Gerasa. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
288MRK52pf16figs-idiomἐν πνεύματι ἀκαθάρτῳ1with an unclean spiritThis is an idiom meaning that the man is controlled by the unclean spirit. Alternate translation: “that an unclean spirit controlled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
289MRK54nsoltranslate-unknownδιὰ τὸ αὐτὸν πολλάκις πέδαις καὶ ἁλύσεσι δεδέσθαι, καὶ διεσπάσθαι ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ τὰς ἁλύσεις καὶ τὰς πέδας συντετρῖφθαι, καὶ οὐδεὶς ἴσχυεν αὐτὸν δαμάσαι1This verse and the next verse function as background information to tell the reader about this man who was controlled by an evil spirit. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
290MRK54da4xfigs-activepassiveαὐτὸν πολλάκις…δεδέσθαι1He had been bound many timesIf your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People had bound him many times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
291MRK54nep6figs-activepassiveτὰς πέδας συντετρῖφθαι1his shackles were shatteredIf your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he shattered his shackles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
292MRK54fk7ttranslate-unknownπέδαις1shackles**shackles** are pieces of metal that people wrap around the arms and legs of prisoners. The shackles are then attach with chains to objects that do not move so the prisoners cannot move. Think of an object in your culture that is used to constrain people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
293MRK56y6c2figs-explicitκαὶ ἰδὼν τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἀπὸ μακρόθεν, ἔδραμεν καὶ προσεκύνησεν αὐτῷ1And seeing Jesus from a distanceAfter **having seen Jesus** the man then ran to him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “After the man saw Jesus from a distance, he then ran to him and bowed down before him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
294MRK57ux6ufigs-events0General Information:The information in these two verses may be reordered to present the events in the order that they happened, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
295MRK57ppu5figs-rquestionτί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί Ἰησοῦ, Υἱὲ τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ Ὑψίστου?1What to me and to you, Jesus, Son of the Most High God?The unclean spirit asks this question out of fear. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Leave me alone, Jesus, Son of the Most High God! There is no reason for you to interfere with me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
296MRK57kd19guidelines-sonofgodprinciplesΥἱὲ τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ Ὑψίστου1Son of the Most High GodThis is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
297MRK59h6chfigs-exclusiveλέγει αὐτῷ, Λεγιὼν ὄνομά μοι, ὅτι πολλοί ἐσμεν.1he says to him, “My name is Legion, for we are many.”The spirit who is speaking is speaking on behalf of all of the spirits who are possessing the man. **we** here includes him and all of the other spirits. Make sure that this is understood in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
298MRK59oa64figs-exclusiveΛεγιὼν ὄνομά μοι, ὅτι πολλοί ἐσμεν1A **legion** is the name of a large group of Roman soldiers. The unclean spirit uses this name to tell Jesus that they **many**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation “My name is Legion. This is our name because there are many of us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
299MRK510gtq4καὶ παρεκάλει αὐτὸν πολλὰ, ἵνα μὴ αὐτὰ ἀποστείλῃ ἔξω τῆς χώρας1Mark inserts this verse and the following verse to give important information about what Jesus does with the spirits. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
300MRK513iff6figs-explicitἐπέτρεψεν αὐτοῖς1he permitted themIt may be helpful to state clearly what Jesus allowed them to do. Alternate translation: “Jesus allowed the unclean spirits to do what they asked permission to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
301MRK513a28ztranslate-numbersὡς δισχίλιοι1about 2,000“about two thousand pigs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
302MRK513ntl1translate-numbersἐξελθόντα1Your language may say “gone” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “having gone out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
303MRK515qih4τὸν λεγεῶνα1the LegionThis was the name of the many demons that were in the man. See how you translated this in [Mark 5:9](../05/09.md).
304MRK515fb4bfigs-idiomσωφρονοῦντα1being in his right mindThis is an idiom meaning that he is thinking clearly. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “being of a normal mind” or “thinking clearly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
305MRK518pup5figs-quotationsἵνα μετ’ αὐτοῦ ᾖ1If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
306MRK519e21mfigs-explicitκαὶ οὐκ ἀφῆκεν αὐτόν1But he did not permit himJesus was not allowing the an into the boat. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “But he did not allow the man to come with them in the boat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
307MRK520g8edtranslate-namesτῇ Δεκαπόλει1the DecapolisThis is the name of a region that means “Ten Cities.” It is located to the southeast of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
308MRK520y8vnfigs-ellipsisπάντες ἐθαύμαζον1everyone was marvellingIt may be helpful to state who the people were that were **marveling**. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
309MRK522v1dmtranslate-namesἸάειρος1JairusThis is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
310MRK522u1rxfigs-goἔρχεται εἷς τῶν ἀρχισυναγώγων1Your language may say “went” rather than came in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “one of the leaders of the synagogue went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
311MRK523jd27ἐπιθῇς τὰς χεῖρας1you may lay your hands**lay your hands** often refers to a prophet or teacher placing his hand on someone and imparting either healing or a blessing. In this case, Jarius is asking Jesus to heal his daughter. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “you might heal her” or “you might lay your hands on her to heal her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
312MRK523kzz8figs-activepassiveἵνα σωθῇ1in order that she may be healed and she may liveIf your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in order that you might heal her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
313MRK525e2czwriting-participantsκαὶ γυνὴ οὖσα1And a woman, beingThis introduces the woman as a new character in the story. Consider how new people are introduced into a story in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
314MRK525h58wfigs-euphemismἐν ῥύσει αἵματος δώδεκα ἔτη1with a flow of blood for 12 yearsThe woman did not have an open wound. Rather, her monthly flow of blood would not stop. Your language may have a polite way to refer to this condition. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
315MRK525idh9translate-numbersδώδεκα ἔτη1for 12 years“for twelve years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
316MRK527z2hgfigs-explicitτὰ περὶ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ1the things about JesusShe had heard reports about how Jesus healed people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “that Jesus healed people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
317MRK528alc9grammar-connect-logic-resultἔλεγεν γὰρ1This verse tells the reader that the woman had determined to **touch his clothes** in her mind before she actually touched Jesus cloak. Think of a way in your language which makes it apparent that this is the reason why she touches Jesus cloak. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
318MRK528wge2figs-activepassiveσωθήσομαι1I will be savedIf your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
319MRK529c1vzfigs-activepassiveἴαται ἀπὸ τῆς μάστιγος1she had been healed from the diseaseIf your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the sickness had left her” or “she was no longer sick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
320MRK530ma2bfigs-explicitτὴν ἐξ αὐτοῦ δύναμιν ἐξελθοῦσαν1his power had gone out from himWhen the woman touched Jesus, Jesus felt **his power** healing her. Jesus himself did not lose any of his power to heal people when he healed her. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “his power went out from him and healed someone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
321MRK533r3a0figs-doubletἡ δὲ γυνὴ, φοβηθεῖσα καὶ τρέμουσα1Both words **fear and trembling** are similar words used to show that the woman was very afraid. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “The woman was very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
322MRK533b6kzfigs-ellipsisεἶπεν αὐτῷ πᾶσαν τὴν ἀλήθειαν1told him the whole truthThe phrase **the whole truth** refers to how she had touched him and became well. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “told him the whole truth about how she had touched him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
323MRK534gbk8translate-kinshipθυγάτηρ1DaughterJesus was using this term figuratively to refer to the woman as a believer. She was not actually his daughter. Make sure this is understood by your readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
324MRK535t2wdfigs-rquestionτί ἔτι σκύλλεις τὸν διδάσκαλον?1Why trouble the teacher any longer?This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “It is useless to bother the teacher any longer.” or “There no need to bother the teacher any longer.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
325MRK535vqt0figs-infostructureἡ θυγάτηρ σου ἀπέθανεν; τί ἔτι σκύλλεις τὸν διδάσκαλον?1**your daughter died** explains why he asks the question here. If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “Why trouble the teacher any longer? For your daughter died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
326MRK539a3ihfigs-rquestionτί θορυβεῖσθε καὶ κλαίετε?1Why are you upset and weeping?Jesus asked this question to help them see their lack of faith. This may be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “This is not a time to be upset and crying.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
327MRK539dzrkfigs-ellipsisτὸ παιδίον οὐκ ἀπέθανεν, ἀλλὰ καθεύδει1The words **The child** are assumed in the second phrase. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “The child is not dead, but the child is sleeping” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
328MRK539g83cfigs-euphemismτὸ παιδίον οὐκ ἀπέθανεν, ἀλλὰ καθεύδει1The child has not died, but is sleeping**sleep** here refers to death. Jesus is likely using it to mean a temporary end to the girls life, but not a permanent end. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “The child is not permanently dead, but she has died for a short time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
329MRK541hx3ctranslate-transliterateταλιθὰ, κοῦμ!1Talitha, koum!This is an Aramaic sentence which Jesus spoke to the little girl in her language. In your translation you can spell it the way it sounds in your language and then explain its meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
330MRK542pt5ttranslate-numbersἦν…ἐτῶν δώδεκα1she was 12 years of age“she was twelve years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
331MRK542m49ctranslate-numbersκαὶ εὐθὺς ἀνέστη τὸ κοράσιον καὶ περιεπάτει, ἦν γὰρ ἐτῶν δώδεκα1Mark includes this information to help the readers understand how it was that she immediately **rose up** and began **walking**. She was able to get up and walk because she was old enough to do so. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “And immediately the little girl rose up and was walking. She was able to do this because she was 12 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
332MRK543n29kfigs-quotationsκαὶ εἶπεν δοθῆναι αὐτῇ φαγεῖν1and he told them to give her something to eatYou can state this as a direct quote. Alternate translation: “and he told them, Give her something to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
333MRK6introkl7n0# Mark 6 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Anointed with oil”<br><br>In the ancient Near East, people would try to heal sick people by putting olive oil on them.
334MRK61mi7zwriting-neweventκαὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἐκεῖθεν, καὶ ἔρχεται εἰς τὴν πατρίδα αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκολουθοῦσιν αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ1Connecting Statement:This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later, Jesus and his disciples went out from there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
335MRK61lpcifigs-goἐξῆλθεν…ἔρχεται εἰς1Your language may say “went” rather than came in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “he came out … went into” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
336MRK62y4xjfigs-activepassiveτίς ἡ σοφία ἡ δοθεῖσα τούτῳ1what is this wisdom that has been given to him?If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what is this wisdom that God gave to him?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
337MRK63s3wlfigs-rquestionοὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τέκτων, ὁ υἱὸς τῆς Μαρίας, καὶ ἀδελφὸς Ἰακώβου, καὶ Ἰωσῆτος, καὶ Ἰούδα, καὶ Σίμωνος? καὶ οὐκ εἰσὶν αἱ ἀδελφαὶ αὐτοῦ ὧδε πρὸς ἡμᾶς?1Is this not the carpenter, the son of Mary and the brother of James and Joses and Judas and Simon? And are his sisters not here with us?If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
338MRK63hx1mfigs-litanyοὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τέκτων, ὁ υἱὸς τῆς Μαρίας, καὶ ἀδελφὸς Ἰακώβου, καὶ Ἰωσῆτος, καὶ Ἰούδα, καὶ Σίμωνος? καὶ οὐκ εἰσὶν αἱ ἀδελφαὶ αὐτοῦ ὧδε πρὸς ἡμᾶς?1Those who were in the synagogue with Jesus asked all of these questions to emphasize that they know who Jesus is. Use a form in your language that someone would use to list things in this way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]])
339MRK63tlubtranslate-namesἸακώβου…Ἰωσῆτος…Ἰούδα…Σίμωνος1James … Joses … Judas … SimonThese are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
340MRK63d2g7figs-synecdocheἐν αὐτῷ1The people in the synagogue were not **offended** by who Jesus was. They were offended by what he was teaching them. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
341MRK64l436figs-doublenegativesοὐκ ἔστιν προφήτης ἄτιμος, εἰ μὴ1A prophet is not without honor, exceptJesus uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “A prophet is always honored, except” or “The only place a prophet is not honored is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
342MRK64y2oafigs-litanyἐν τῇ πατρίδι αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐν τοῖς συγγενεῦσιν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ αὐτοῦ1Jesus lists **hometown**, **relatives**, **house** to emphasize that prophets are often never welcome where they are most well known. Use a form in your language that someone would use to list things like Jesus does here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]])
343MRK64mutmfigs-litanyτοῖς συγγενεῦσιν1**relatives** refers to people who are related to Jesus, but are not his siblings, mother, or father. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a way in your language of expressing this.
344MRK64mgbpfigs-litanyἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ αὐτοῦ1Jesus uses **in his own house** to refer to his closest relatives, lie his father, mother, or siblings. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “among his closest family members” or “by his father, mother, or siblings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
345MRK67d6sxtranslate-numbersδύο δύο1two by two“2 by 2” or “in pairs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
346MRK66g8s1translate-numbersκαὶ περιῆγεν τὰς κώμας, κύκλῳ διδάσκων.1Come back to this
347MRK67ldbvfigs-nominaladjτοὺς δώδεκα1See how you translated the phrase **the Twelve** in [11:7](../11/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
348MRK68k5hlfigs-doublenegativesμηδὲν αἴρωσιν εἰς ὁδὸν, εἰ μὴ ῥάβδον μόνον1Jesus uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “Only bring on your journey a staff” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
349MRK68t9a2figs-synecdocheμὴ ἄρτον1no breadHere, **bread** is a synecdoche for food in general. Alternate translation: “no food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
350MRK611b2kbfigs-explicitἐκτινάξατε τὸν χοῦν τὸν ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν ὑμῶν1as a testimony against them**shake off the dust that {is} under your feet** was an expression of strong rejection in this culture. It showed that someone did not want even the dust of a town to remain on them. If there is a similar gesture of rejection in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction)
351MRK614ly7zfigs-activepassiveἸωάννης ὁ βαπτίζων ἐγήγερται1John the Baptist has been raisedIf your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has caused John the Baptist to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
352MRK615fgy3figs-explicitἄλλοι δὲ ἔλεγον, ὅτι Ἠλείας ἐστίν1But others were saying, “He is Elijah.”It may be helpful to state why some people thought he was **Elijah**. Alternate translation: “Some others said, He is Elijah, whom God promised to send back again.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
353MRK615n8sqfigs-explicitἄλλοι δὲ ἔλεγον, ὅτι Ἠλείας ἐστίν; ἄλλοι δὲ ἔλεγον, ὅτι προφήτης, ὡς εἷς τῶν προφητῶν1If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Some were saying that he is Elijah, while others were saying that he is like one of the prophets who lived long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
354MRK616ym2wfigs-metonymyὃν ἐγὼ ἀπεκεφάλισα1whom I beheadedHere Herod uses the word **I** to refer to himself. The word **I** is a metonym for Herods soldiers. Alternate translation: “whom I commanded my soldiers to behead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
355MRK616n6nqfigs-activepassiveἠγέρθη1has been raisedIf your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “is alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
356MRK617vpr7figs-explicitαὐτὸς…ὁ Ἡρῴδης, ἀποστείλας ἐκράτησεν τὸν Ἰωάννην, καὶ ἔδησεν αὐτὸν ἐν φυλακῇ1Herod himself, having sent, seized John and he bound him in prisonYou can state this clearly that **Herod** sent his soldiers to put **John** in **prison**. Alternate translation: “Herod sent his soldiers to arrest John and had them bind him in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
357MRK617ojtdfigs-explicitγὰρ1Mark is providing this background information to help readers understand why Herod was saying that John rose from the dead. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “He was saying this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])\n
358MRK617sf6rtranslate-namesτὴν γυναῖκα Φιλίππου, τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ1the wife of his brother PhilipHerods **brother Philip** is the name of a man. This is not the same Philip who was an evangelist in the book of Acts or the Philip who was one of Jesus twelve disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
359MRK618e2exgrammar-connect-logic-resultἔλεγεν γὰρ ὁ Ἰωάννης τῷ Ἡρῴδῃ, ὅτι οὐκ ἔξεστίν σοι ἔχειν τὴν γυναῖκα τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου1Herod put John into prison because he was saying **It is not lawful for you to have the wife of your brother**. Make sure this is clear in your language. Alternate translation: “Herod told his soldiers to arrest John because he was saying, Gods law does not allow you to marry the wife of your brother.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
360MRK619x35vfigs-metonymyἩρῳδιὰς…ἤθελεν αὐτὸν ἀποκτεῖναι1was wanting to kill him, but she was not able**Herodias** is a metonym, as she wants someone else to execute John for her. Alternate translation: “she wanted someone to kill him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
361MRK620k13zfigs-doubletεἰδὼς αὐτὸν ἄνδρα δίκαιον καὶ ἅγιον1**righteous and holy** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that John was a holy man before God. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Because he knew that he was a righteous man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
362MRK621m54qfigs-metonymyἩρῴδης τοῖς γενεσίοις αὐτοῦ δεῖπνον ἐποίησεν, τοῖς μεγιστᾶσιν αὐτοῦ1Herod prepared his birthday dinner for his officialsHere, **Herod** is a metonym for his servants whom he would have commanded to prepare a meal. Alternate translation: “Herod had his servants prepare a dinner for his officials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
363MRK622a1d7translate-textvariantsεἰσελθούσης τῆς θυγατρὸς αὐτοῦ Ἡρῳδιάδος1the daughter of Herodias herselfThere are a few possible understandings of this passage. (1) This could be saying that Herods daughters name was Herodias. Alternate translation: “And Herodias his daughter came in” or (2) This could be speaking about the daughter of Herodias emphatically. Alternate translation: “Herodias daughter herself came in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
364MRK625caz0\nεὐθὺς…μετὰ σπουδῆς…ἐξαυτῆς1**immediately**, **with haste**, and **at once** are all words which give a sense of urgency. Make sure that this comes across in your language.
365MRK625ap2wfigs-euphemismδῷς μοι1a platterHerodias is telling her daughter that she wants King Herod to cut off John the Baptizers head. **give** is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “Cut off Johns head and bring it to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
366MRK626c1gnfigs-explicitδιὰ τοὺς ὅρκους καὶ τοὺς συνανακειμένους1because of his oath and those reclining at table with himYou can state clearly the content of the **oath**, and the relationship between the oath and the dinner guests. Alternate translation: “because his dinner guests had heard him make the oath that he would give her anything she asked for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
367MRK627k51vfigs-euphemismἐνέγκαι τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ1on a platterSee how you handled the note in verse 25. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
368MRK633x5unκαὶ ἐπέγνωσαν πολλοί1many saw them leaving and recognized themThere are a few possible understandings of **recognized**. (1) The people recognized where Jesus and his disciples were going. Alternate translation: “and they knew where Jesus and his disciples were going” (2) The people knew that it was Jesus and his disciples were leaving, and so followed them. Alternate translation: “and they recognized that it was Jesus and his disciples leaving”
369MRK634j1tdfigs-simileἦσαν ὡς πρόβατα μὴ ἔχοντα ποιμένα1they were like sheep not having a shepherdJesus compares the people to **sheep** who are confused when they do not have their **shepherd** to lead them. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “they were confused because they did not have someone to lead them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
370MRK635sei9figs-idiomκαὶ ἤδη ὥρας πολλῆς γενομένης1And the hour already having become lateThis means it was late in the day. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “And when it was getting late” or “And late in the afternoon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
371MRK635hz4hἔρημός ἐστιν ὁ τόπος1This place is desolateThis refers to a place where there are no people. See how you translated this in [Mark 6:31](../06/31.md).
372MRK637cts5figs-rquestionἀπελθόντες, ἀγοράσωμεν δηναρίων διακοσίων ἄρτους, καὶ δώσομεν αὐτοῖς φαγεῖν?1Having gone away, might we buy 200 denarii of loaves of bread and give it to them to eat?The disciples ask this question to say that there is no way they could afford to buy enough food for this crowd. Alternate translation: “We could not buy enough bread to feed this crowd, even if we had two hundred denarii!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
373MRK637wowkfigs-rquestionἀπελθόντες, ἀγοράσωμεν δηναρίων διακοσίων ἄρτους, καὶ δώσομεν αὐτοῖς φαγεῖν1The disciples are using a hypothetical situation to express how expensive it would be to buy enough food for all of the people. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose we go out to the market, how could we afford to spend 200 denarii on food to feed all of these people?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])\n\n
374MRK637hs21translate-bmoneyδηναρίων διακοσίων1200 denariiThe singular form of the word **denarii** is “denarius.” A denarius was a Roman silver coin worth one days wages. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
375MRK637c65wtranslate-numbersδηναρίων διακοσίων1200 denarii“two hundred denarii” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
376MRK639xgb6translate-unknownτῷ χλωρῷ χόρτῳ1the green grassDescribe the **grass** with the color word used in your language for healthy grass, which may or may not be the color **green**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])\n
377MRK640e4cbfigs-explicitπρασιαὶ, κατὰ ἑκατὸν καὶ κατὰ πεντήκοντα1by group according to hundreds and according to fiftiesThis refers to the number of people in each of the groups. Alternate translation: “about fifty people in some groups and about a hundred people in other groups” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
378MRK641l8q3figs-explicitἀναβλέψας εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν1having looked up to heavenThis means that he **looked up** toward the sky, which is associated with the place where God lives. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus looked up to the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
379MRK643xk9htranslate-numbersδώδεκα κοφίνων112 baskets“twelve baskets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
380MRK644v4m3translate-numbersπεντακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες15,000 men“five thousand men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
381MRK644deovwriting-backgroundκαὶ ἦσαν οἱ φαγόντες τοὺς ἄρτους, πεντακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες1Mark provides this background information about Jesus location to help readers understand how many people they fed. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
382MRK644u413figs-explicitἦσαν οἱ φαγόντες τοὺς ἄρτους, πεντακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες1those who ate the loaves were 5,000 menThe number of women and children was not counted. If it would not be understood that women and children were present, it can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “And there were 5,000 men who ate the loaves. They did not even count the women and children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
383MRK645y3vetranslate-namesΒηθσαϊδάν1BethsaidaThis is a town on the northern shore of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
384MRK648g7ka(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])τετάρτην φυλακὴν1the fourth watchThis is the time between 3 AM and sunrise. If your reader would not be familiar with this, you can state this explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
385MRK650et5cfigs-parallelismθαρσεῖτε…μὴ φοβεῖσθε1Take courage! … Do not fear!**Take courage** and **Do not be afraid** are similar in meaning, emphasizing to his disciples that they did not need to be afraid. They can be combined into one if necessary. Alternate translation: “Do not be afraid of me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
386MRK652m53mfigs-metonymyἐπὶ τοῖς ἄρτοις1about the loavesHere the phrase **the loaves** refers to when Jesus multiplied the loaves of bread. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “what it meant when Jesus multiplied the loaves of bread” or “what it meant when Jesus caused the few loaves to become many” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
387MRK652t1qbfigs-metaphorἦν αὐτῶν ἡ καρδία πεπωρωμένη1their heart had been hardenedTheir stubborn attitude is spoken of as if their hearts had been hardened.\nIf the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a persons will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. Alternate translation: “they were stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n
388MRK653p316translate-namesΓεννησαρὲτ1GennesaretThis is the name of the region to the northwest of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
389MRK655d9k9περιέδραμον…ἤκουον1they ran throughout … they were hearingThe word **they** refers to the people who recognized Jesus, not to the disciples.
390MRK656gi6yἐτίθεσαν1they were puttingHere, **they** refers to the people. It does not refer to Jesus disciples.
391MRK656y6hsfigs-nominaladjτοὺς ἀσθενοῦντας1the sickThis phrase refers to people. Alternate translation: “the sick people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
392MRK656bqzffigs-litanyεἰς κώμας, ἢ εἰς πόλεις, ἢ εἰς ἀγροὺς1Mark lists **villages**, **cities**, and **countryside** to emphasize that everywhere Jesus went, they were bringing sick people to him. Use a form in your language that someone would use to list different places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]])
393MRK7introvq1j0# Mark 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 7:6-7, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Hand washing<br><br>The Pharisees washed many things that were not dirty because they were trying to make God think that they were good. They washed their hands before they ate, even when their hands were not dirty. and even though the law of Moses did not say that they had to do it. Jesus told them that they were wrong and that people make God happy by thinking and doing the right things. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Ephphatha”<br><br>This is an Aramaic word. Mark wrote it the way it sounds using Greek letters and then explained what it means. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
394MRK71hu3f0Connecting Statement:Jesus rebukes the Pharisees and scribes.
395MRK71b9ulσυνάγονται πρὸς αὐτὸν1are gathering around him“are gathered around Jesus”
396MRK72b8qwwriting-background0General Information:In verses 3 and 4, the author gives background information about the Pharisees washing traditions in order to show why the Pharisees were bothered that Jesus disciples did not wash their hands before eating. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
397MRK72wd6itranslate-versebridge0General Information:Verses 3 and 4 can be reordered in order to make it easier to understand, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
398MRK72a2qfἰδόντες1they had seen“the Pharisees and the scribes saw”
399MRK72eea5figs-activepassiveτοῦτ’ ἔστιν ἀνίπτοις1that is, unwashedThe word **unwashed** explains why the disciples hands were defiled. It can be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “that is, with hands that they had not washed” or “that is, that they had not washed their hands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
400MRK73mj6uτῶν πρεσβυτέρων1of the eldersJewish **elders** were leaders in their communities and were also judges for the people.
401MRK74wsb8χαλκίων1copper vessels“copper kettles” or “metal containers”
402MRK75hts4figs-metaphorδιὰ τί οὐ περιπατοῦσιν οἱ μαθηταί σου κατὰ τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων, ἀλλὰ κοιναῖς χερσὶν ἐσθίουσιν τὸν ἄρτον?1Why do your disciples not walk according to the tradition of the elders, but they eat their bread with unwashed hands?**Walk in** here is a metaphor for “obey.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
403MRK75ugomfigs-rquestionδιὰ τί οὐ περιπατοῦσιν οἱ μαθηταί σου κατὰ τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων, ἀλλὰ κοιναῖς χερσὶν ἐσθίουσιν τὸν ἄρτον?1Why do your disciples not walk according to the tradition of the elders, but they eat their bread with unwashed hands?The Pharisees and scribes asked this question to challenge Jesus authority. This can be written as two statements. Alternate translation: “Your disciples disobey the traditions of our elders! They should wash their hands using our rituals.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
404MRK75j7htfigs-synecdocheἄρτον1breadThis is a synecdoche, representing food in general. Alternate translation: “food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
405MRK76t7px0General Information:Here Jesus quotes the prophet Isaiah, who had written scripture many years earlier.
406MRK76ep7ufigs-metonymyτοῖς χείλεσίν1with their lipsHere, **lips** is a metonym for speaking. Alternate translation: “by what they say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
407MRK76zgt9figs-metonymyἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ1but their heart is far from meHere, **heart** refers to a persons thoughts or emotions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
408MRK76xtabfigs-idiomἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ1but their heart is far from meThis is a way of saying the people are not truly devoted to God. Alternate translation: “but they do not really love me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
409MRK77f8q5μάτην δὲ σέβονταί με1But they worship me in vain“But they offer me useless worship”
410MRK78yqj30Connecting Statement:Jesus continues to rebuke the scribes and Pharisees.
411MRK78xz71ἀφέντες1Having abandonedhaving refused to obey
412MRK78hnw4κρατεῖτε1you hold fast to“you hold strongly to” or “you only keep”
413MRK79e3qvfigs-ironyκαλῶς ἀθετεῖτε τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἵνα τὴν παράδοσιν ὑμῶν τηρήσητε1How well you reject the commandment of God so that you may keep your tradition!Jesus uses this ironic statement to rebuke his listeners for forsaking Gods **commandment**. Alternate translation: “You think you have done well in how you have rejected the commandment of God so you may keep your own traditions, but what you have done is not good at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
414MRK79r5liκαλῶς ἀθετεῖτε1How well you reject“How skillfully you reject”
415MRK710d4sdὁ κακολογῶν πατέρα1The one speaking evil of his father“The one who curses his father”
416MRK710ayl3θανάτῳ τελευτάτω1let him die the death“he must surely be put to death”
417MRK710dv6efigs-activepassiveὁ κακολογῶν πατέρα ἢ μητέρα θανάτῳ τελευτάτω1The one speaking evil of his father or mother—let him die the deathYou can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “The authorities must surely execute a person who speaks evil about his father or mother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
418MRK711q76iκορβᾶν…ὃ ἐὰν ἐξ ἐμοῦ ὠφεληθῇς1Whatever you would have profited from me is CorbanThe tradition of the scribes said that once money or other things were promised to the temple, they could not be used for any other purpose.
419MRK711cd57translate-transliterateκορβᾶν1is Corban**Corban** is a Hebrew word that refers to things that people promise to give to God. Translators normally transliterate it using the target language alphabet. Some translators translate its meaning, and then leave out Marks explanation of the meaning that follows. Alternate translation: “is a gift to God” or “belongs to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
420MRK711ev2rfigs-activepassiveὅ ἐστιν δῶρον1that is, a giftThis phrase explains the meaning of the Hebrew word “Corban.” You can state this in active form. Mark explained the meaning so that his non-Jewish readers could understand what Jesus said. Alternate translation: “I have given it to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
421MRK712g18btranslate-versebridge0General Information:In verses 11 and 12, Jesus shows how the Pharisees teach people that they do not have to obey Gods commandment to honor their parents. In verse 11 Jesus tells what the Pharisees allow people to say about their possessions, and in verse 12 he tells how that shows the Pharisees attitude toward people helping their parents. This information can be reordered to first tell about the Pharisees attitude toward people helping their parents and then tell how that attitude is shown in what the Pharisees allow people to say about their possessions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
422MRK712cb8cfigs-explicitοὐκέτι ἀφίετε αὐτὸν οὐδὲν ποιῆσαι τῷ πατρὶ ἢ τῇ μητρί1you no longer permit him to do anything for his father or his motherBy doing this, the Pharisees are allowing people not to provide for their parents, if they promise to give to God what they would have given to them. You can order these words before the words that begin with “Whatever help” in verse 11: “You no longer permit a person to do anything for his father or his mother after he says, Whatever help you would have received from me is Corban. (Corban means Given to God.)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
423MRK713df13ἀκυροῦντες1nullifyingcancelling or doing away with
424MRK713ena5παρόμοια τοιαῦτα πολλὰ ποιεῖτε1you do many such similar things“you are doing may other things similar to this”
425MRK714wp7pfigs-parables0Connecting Statement:Jesus tells a parable to the crowd to help them understand what he has been saying to the scribes and Pharisees. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
426MRK714ts15προσκαλεσάμενος1having called“after Jesus had called”
427MRK714u3nkfigs-doubletἀκούσατέ μου πάντες καὶ σύνετε1Listen to me, all of you, and understandThe words **Listen** and **understand** are related. Jesus uses them together to emphasize that his hearers should pay close attention to what he is saying. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
428MRK714yni7figs-ellipsisσύνετε1understandIt may be helpful to state what Jesus is telling them to **understand**. Alternate translation: “try to understand what I am about to tell you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
429MRK715gk5ifigs-explicitοὐδέν…ἔξωθεν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου1nothing from outside the manJesus is speaking about what a person eats. This is in contrast to “what come out of the person.” Alternate translation: “nothing from outside a person that he can eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
430MRK715ms5cfigs-explicitτὰ ἐκ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκπορευόμενά1the things that come out from the manThis refers to the things a person does or says. This is in contrast to “what is outside a person that enters into him.” Alternate translation: “It is what comes out of a person that he says or does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
431MRK717m42w0Connecting Statement:The disciples still do not understand what Jesus has just said to the scribes, Pharisees, and crowds. Jesus explains his meaning more thoroughly to them.
432MRK717l7d7καὶ1AndThe word **And** marks a break in the main story line. Jesus is now away from the crowd, in a house with his disciples.
433MRK718f5sf0Connecting Statement:Jesus begins to teach his disciples by asking a question.
434MRK718z8w1figs-rquestionοὕτως καὶ ὑμεῖς ἀσύνετοί ἐστε?1Are you also thus without understanding?Jesus uses this question to express his disappointment that they do not understand. This can be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: “After all I have said and done, I would expect you to understand.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
435MRK719wyw40Connecting Statement:Jesus finishes asking the question he is using to teach his disciples.
436MRK719wi6yfigs-rquestionὅτι οὐκ εἰσπορεύεται αὐτοῦ εἰς τὴν καρδίαν, ἀλλ’ εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν, καὶ εἰς τὸν ἀφεδρῶνα ἐκπορεύεται?1because it does not go into his heart, but into his stomach, and then passes out into the latrine?This is the end of the question that begins with the words “Do you not see” in verse 18. Jesus uses this question to teach his disciples something they should already know. It can be expressed as a statement. “You should already understand that whatever enters into a person from outside cannot defile him, because it cannot go into his heart, but it goes into his stomach and then passes out into the latrine.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
437MRK719y2crfigs-metonymyοὐκ εἰσπορεύεται αὐτοῦ εἰς τὴν καρδίαν1it does not go into his heartHere, **heart** is a metonym for a persons inner being or mind. Here Jesus means that food does not affect a persons character. Alternate translation: “it cannot go into his inner being” or “it cannot go into his mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
438MRK719he68οὐκ εἰσπορεύεται1it does not goHere, **it** refers to what goes into a person; that is, what a person eats.
439MRK719hm98figs-explicitκαθαρίζων πάντα τὰ βρώματα1making all foods cleanIt may be helpful to explain clearly what this phrase means. Alternate translation: “all foods clean, meaning that people can eat any food without God considering the eater defiled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
440MRK720r12pἔλεγεν1he was saying“Jesus said”
441MRK720eq3aτὸ ἐκ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκπορευόμενον, ἐκεῖνο κοινοῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον1What is coming out from the man, that defiles the man“What defiles a person is what comes out of him”
442MRK721lm51figs-metonymyἐκ τῆς καρδίας τῶν ἀνθρώπων οἱ διαλογισμοὶ οἱ κακοὶ ἐκπορεύονται1out of the heart of men, proceed evil thoughtsHere, **heart** is a metonym for a persons inner being or mind. Alternate translation: “out of the inner being of a person, come evil thoughts” or “out of the mind of a person, come evil thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
443MRK722y3mdἀσέλγεια1sensualitynot controlling ones lustful desires
444MRK723h9tafigs-ellipsisἔσωθεν ἐκπορεύεται1come out from withinHere the word **within** describes a persons heart. Alternate translation: “come from within a persons heart” or “come from within a persons thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
445MRK724k9bl0Connecting Statement:When Jesus goes away to Tyre, he heals the daughter of a Gentile woman who has extraordinary faith.
446MRK725j2k9figs-idiomεἶχεν…πνεῦμα ἀκάθαρτον1having an unclean spiritThis is an idiom meaning that she was possessed by the unclean spirit. Alternate translation: “being possessed by an unclean spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
447MRK725q47qπροσέπεσεν1fell down“knelt.” This is an act of honor and submission.
448MRK726aik7writing-backgroundἡ δὲ γυνὴ ἦν Ἑλληνίς, Συροφοινίκισσα τῷ γένει1But the woman was a Greek, a Syrophoenician by descentThe word **But** marks a break in the main story line, as this sentence gives us background information about the woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
449MRK726e39ytranslate-namesΣυροφοινίκισσα1a SyrophoenicianThis is the name of the womans nationality. She was born in the Phoenician region in Syria. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
450MRK727gsj7figs-metaphorἄφες πρῶτον χορτασθῆναι τὰ τέκνα; οὐ γάρ ἐστιν καλόν λαβεῖν τὸν ἄρτον τῶν τέκνων, καὶ τοῖς κυναρίοις βαλεῖν1Permit the children first be fed, for it is not good to take the bread of the children and to throw it to the dogsHere Jesus speaks about the Jews as if they are **children** and the Gentiles as if they are **dogs**. Alternate translation: “Let the children of Israel first be fed. For it is not right to take the childrens bread and throw it to the Gentiles, who are like dogs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
451MRK727r898figs-activepassiveἄφες πρῶτον χορτασθῆναι τὰ τέκνα1Permit the children first to be fedYou can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “We must first feed the children of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
452MRK727k2wbfigs-synecdocheἄρτον1breadThis refers to food in general. Alternate translation: “food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
453MRK727yn61τοῖς κυναρίοις1to the dogsThis refers to small dogs kept as pets.
454MRK729sa9tfigs-explicitὕπαγε1goJesus was implying that she no longer needed to stay to ask him to help her daughter. He would do it. Alternate translation: “you may go now” or “you may go home in peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
455MRK729pa3ufigs-explicitἐξελήλυθεν τὸ δαιμόνιον, ἐκ τῆς θυγατρός σου1The demon has gone out from your daughterJesus has caused the unclean spirit to leave the womans **daughter**. This can be expressed clearly. Alternate translation: “I have caused the evil spirit to leave your daughter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
456MRK731g44h0Connecting Statement:After healing people in Tyre, Jesus goes to the Sea of Galilee. There he heals a deaf man, which amazes the people.
457MRK731k9gyἐξελθὼν ἐκ τῶν ὁρίων Τύρου1having gone out from the region of Tyre“having left the region of Tyre”
458MRK731paz4ἀνὰ μέσον τῶν ὁρίων1up to a part of the regionThis could mean: (1) “up to a place in the region” as Jesus is at the sea in the region of the Decapolis. (2) “through part of the region” as Jesus went through the region of the Decapolis to get to the sea.
459MRK731cxa8translate-namesΔεκαπόλεως1of the DecapolisThis is the name of a region that means Ten Cities. It is located to the southeast of the Sea of Galilee. See how you translated this in [Mark 5:20](../05/20.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
460MRK732bnq6φέρουσιν1they bring“the people brought”
461MRK732i5gyκωφὸν1someone who was deaf“a person who was not able to hear”
462MRK732jlj4figs-explicitπαρακαλοῦσιν αὐτὸν ἵνα ἐπιθῇ αὐτῷ τὴν χεῖρα1they beg him that he would lay his hand on himProphets and teachers would put their **hands on** people in order to heal them or bless them. In this case, people are begging Jesus to heal a man. Alternate translation: “they begged Jesus to put his hand on the man to heal him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
463MRK733p3aaἀπολαβόμενος αὐτὸν1having taking him aside“after Jesus took the man aside”
464MRK733zb1wἔβαλεν τοὺς δακτύλους αὐτοῦ εἰς τὰ ὦτα αὐτοῦ1he put his fingers into his earsJesus is putting his own fingers in the mans ears.
465MRK733jwi8πτύσας, ἥψατο τῆς γλώσσης αὐτοῦ1having spit, he touched his tongueJesus spits and then touches the mans tongue.
466MRK733ld3ffigs-explicitπτύσας1having spitIt may be helpful to state that Jesus **spit** on his fingers. Alternate translation: “after spitting on his fingers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
467MRK734vfn4ἀναβλέψας εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν1having looked up to heavenThis means that he **looked up** toward the sky, which is associated with the place where God lives.
468MRK734lbw4translate-transliterateἐφφαθά1EphphathaHere the author refers to something by an Aramaic word. This word should be copied as is into your language using your alphabet. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
469MRK734qiy7ἐστέναξεν1he sighedThis means that he groaned or that he let out a long deep breath that could be heard. It probably shows Jesus sympathy for the man.
470MRK734m4a8λέγει αὐτῷ1says to him“said to the man”
471MRK735yg15figs-idiomἠνοίγησαν αὐτοῦ αἱ ἀκοαί1his ears were openedThis means he was able to hear. Alternate translation: “his ears were opened and he was able to hear” or “he was able to hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
472MRK735yj4jfigs-activepassiveἐλύθη ὁ δεσμὸς τῆς γλώσσης αὐτοῦ1the band of his tongue was releasedYou can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Jesus took away what prevented his tongue from speaking” or “Jesus loosened his tongue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
473MRK736eb2yfigs-ellipsisὅσον…αὐτοῖς διεστέλλετο, αὐτοὶ1as much as he ordered themThe refers to him ordering them not to tell anyone about what he had done. Alternate translation: “the more he ordered them not to tell anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
474MRK736zce7μᾶλλον περισσότερον1the more abundantly“the more widely” or “the more”
475MRK737iy76ὑπέρπερισσῶς ἐξεπλήσσοντο1they were extremely astonished“they were utterly amazed” or “they were exceedingly astonished” or “they were astonished beyond all measure”
476MRK737dh17figs-metonymyτοὺς κωφοὺς…ἀλάλους1the deaf … the muteThese refer to people. Alternate translation: “deaf people … mute people” or “people who cannot hear … people who cannot speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
477MRK8introry560# Mark 8 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Bread<br><br>When Jesus worked a miracle and provided bread for a large crowd of people, they probably thought about when God miraculously provided food for the people of Israel when they were in the wilderness.<br><br>Yeast is the ingredient that causes bread to become larger before it is baked. In this chapter, Jesus uses yeast as a metaphor for things that change the way people think, speak, and act. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### “Adulterous generation”<br><br>When Jesus called the people an “adulterous generation,” he was telling them that they were not faithful to God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br><br>Jesus used many rhetorical questions as a way of both teaching the disciples ([Mark 8:17-21](./17.md)) and scolding the people ([Mark 8:12](../mrk/08/12.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “Whoever wants to save his life will lose it, and whoever loses his life for my sake will find it” ([Mark 8:35-37](./35.md)).
478MRK81sgv60Connecting Statement:A great, hungry crowd is with Jesus. He feeds them using only seven loaves and a few fish before Jesus and his disciples get in a boat to go to another place.
479MRK81rmd8writing-neweventἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις1In those daysThis phrase is used to introduce a new event in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
480MRK82h8v8ἤδη ἡμέραι τρεῖς προσμένουσίν μοι, καὶ οὐκ ἔχουσιν τι φάγωσιν1they are remaining with me already for three days and do not have anything to eat“this is this third day these people have been with me, and they have nothing to eat”
481MRK83u3mufigs-hyperboleἐκλυθήσονται1they will faintThis could be: (1) a literal statement that they may lose consciousness temporarily. (2) a hyperbolic exaggeration that means “they may become weak.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
482MRK84jdk2figs-rquestionπόθεν τούτους δυνήσεταί τις ὧδε χορτάσαι ἄρτων ἐπ’ ἐρημίας?1From where will anyone be able to feed these people with bread here in this desolate place?The disciples are expressing surprise that Jesus would expect them to be able to find enough food. Alternate translation: “This place is so deserted that there is no place here for us to get enough loaves of bread to satisfy these people!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
483MRK84b7tnἄρτων1with breadLoaves of **bread** are lumps of dough that have been shaped and baked.
484MRK85m56cἠρώτα αὐτούς1he asked them“Jesus asked his disciples”
485MRK86x2jrfigs-quotationsπαραγγέλλει τῷ ὄχλῳ ἀναπεσεῖν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς1he commands the crowd to recline on the groundThis can be written as a direct quote. “Jesus commanded the crowd, Sit down on the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
486MRK86x144ἀναπεσεῖν1to reclineUse your languages word for how people customarily eat when there is no table, whether sitting or lying down.
487MRK87pzy6καὶ εἶχαν1and they hadHere the word **they** is used to refer to Jesus and his disciples.
488MRK87mb6vεὐλογήσας αὐτὰ1having blessed them“after Jesus gave thanks for the fish”
489MRK88m9k6ἔφαγον1they ate“the people ate”
490MRK88mxn1ἦραν1they picked upHere, **they** could refer to the disciples, or to the people in the crowd.
491MRK88v5zifigs-explicitπερισσεύματα κλασμάτων ἑπτὰ σπυρίδας1an abundance of broken pieces—seven basketsThis refers to the **broken pieces** of fish and bread that were left over after the people ate. Alternate translation: “the remaining broken pieces of bread and fish, which filled seven large baskets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
492MRK89m81zfigs-explicitκαὶ ἀπέλυσεν αὐτούς1and he sent them awayIt may be helpful to clarify when **he sent them away**. Alternate translation: “and after they ate, Jesus sent them away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
493MRK810y8u3figs-explicitἦλθεν εἰς τὰ μέρη Δαλμανουθά1he went into the region of DalmanuthaIt may be helpful to clarify how they got to Dalmanutha. Alternate translation: “he sailed around the Sea of Galilee to the region of Dalmanutha” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
494MRK810x33atranslate-namesΔαλμανουθά1of DalmanuthaThis is the name of a place on the northwestern shore of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
495MRK811cqy50Connecting Statement:In Dalmanutha, Jesus refuses to give the Pharisees a sign before he and his disciples get in a boat and leave.
496MRK811f9y8ζητοῦντες παρ’ αὐτοῦ1seeking from him“asking him for”
497MRK811zi91figs-metonymyσημεῖον ἀπὸ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ1a sign from heavenThey wanted **a sign** that would prove that Jesus power and authority were from God. The word **heaven** could be: (1) a metonym for God. Alternate translation: “a sign from God” (2) the sky. Alternate translation: “a sign from the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
498MRK811cl3qfigs-explicitπειράζοντες αὐτόν1testing himThe Pharisees tried to test Jesus to make him prove that he was from God. Some information can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “to prove that God had sent him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
499MRK812sn5aἀναστενάξας τῷ πνεύματι αὐτοῦ1having sighed deeply in his spiritThis means that he groaned or that he let out a long deep breath that could be heard. It probably shows Jesus deep sadness that the Pharisees refused to believe him. See how you translated this in [Mark 7:34](../07/34.md).
500MRK812s8xlτῷ πνεύματι αὐτοῦ1in his spirit“in himself”
501MRK812g4lzfigs-rquestionτί ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη ζητεῖ σημεῖον?1Why does this generation seek for a sign?Jesus is scolding them. This question may be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “This generation should not seek a sign.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
502MRK812l335figs-explicitτί ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη ζητεῖ1Why does this generation seek forWhen Jesus speaks of **this generation**, he is referring to the people who lived at that time. The Pharisees are included in this group. Alternate translation: “Why do you and the people of this generation seek for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
503MRK812a2x2figs-activepassiveεἰ δοθήσεται…σημεῖον1if a sign will be givenYou can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “I will not give a sign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
504MRK813i2sefigs-explicitἀφεὶς αὐτοὺς, πάλιν ἐμβὰς1having left them, having boarded a boat againJesus disciples went with him. Some information can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “after he left them and got into a boat again with his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
505MRK813u1qkfigs-explicitεἰς τὸ πέραν1to the other sideYou can state clearly that this describes the Sea of Galilee. Alternate translation: “to the other side of the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
506MRK814fl8d0Connecting Statement:While Jesus and his disciples are in a boat, they have a discussion about the lack of understanding among the Pharisees and Herod, though they had seen many signs.
507MRK814m74gwriting-backgroundκαὶ1AndHere, **And** marks a break in the main story line. Here the author tells background information about the disciples forgetting to bring bread. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
508MRK814gtg6figs-litotesεἰ μὴ ἕνα ἄρτον1except for one loafThe negative phrase **except for** is used to emphasize how small an amount of bread they had. Alternate translation: “only one loaf” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
509MRK815bd2xfigs-doubletὁρᾶτε, βλέπετε1Keep watch! Be on guardThese two terms have a common meaning and are repeated here for emphasis. They can be combined. Alternate translation: “Keep watch” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
510MRK815ya88figs-metaphorτῆς ζύμης τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ τῆς ζύμης Ἡρῴδου1the yeast of the Pharisees and the yeast of HerodHere Jesus is speaking to his disciples in a metaphor they do not understand. Jesus is comparing the Pharisees and Herods teachings to **yeast**, but you should not explain this when you translate it because the disciples themselves did not understand it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
511MRK816xs4pfigs-explicitὅτι ἄρτους οὐκ ἔχουσιν1that they have no breadIn this statement, it may be helpful to state what they thought Jesus had meant when he spoke to them about **bread**. Alternate translation: “that he must have said that because they had no bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
512MRK816zfw3figs-hyperboleἄρτους οὐκ ἔχουσιν1they have no breadThe word **no** is an exaggeration. The disciples did have one loaf of bread ([Mark 8:14](../08/14.md)), but that was not much different from having no bread at all. Alternate translation: “very little bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
513MRK817hnh6figs-rquestionτί διαλογίζεσθε ὅτι ἄρτους οὐκ ἔχετε?1Why are you reasoning that you do not have bread?Here Jesus is mildly rebuking his disciples because they should have understood what he had been talking about. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not be thinking that I am talking about actual bread.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
514MRK817dmt2figs-parallelismοὔπω νοεῖτε, οὐδὲ συνίετε?1Do you not yet perceive, nor understand?These questions have the same meaning and are used together to emphasize that they do not understand. This can be written as one question. Alternate translation: “Do you not yet understand?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
515MRK817wf6jfigs-rquestionοὔπω νοεῖτε, οὐδὲ συνίετε?1Do you not yet perceive, nor understand?This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should perceive and understand by now the things I say and do.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
516MRK817fn31figs-metonymyπεπωρωμένην ἔχετε τὴν καρδίαν ὑμῶν?1Have your hearts become hardened?Here, **hearts** is a metonym for a persons mind. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
517MRK817rq8cfigs-metaphorπεπωρωμένην ἔχετε τὴν καρδίαν ὑμῶν?1Have your hearts become hardened?The phrase **hearts become hardened** is a metaphor for not being able or willing to understand something. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
518MRK817mihvfigs-rquestionπεπωρωμένην ἔχετε τὴν καρδίαν ὑμῶν?1Have your hearts become hardened?Jesus uses a question to scold the disciples. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Your thinking has become so dull!” or “You are so slow to understand what I mean!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
519MRK818u1ghfigs-rquestionὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντες, οὐ βλέπετε? καὶ ὦτα ἔχοντες, οὐκ ἀκούετε? καὶ οὐ μνημονεύετε?1Having eyes, do you not see? And having ears, do you not hear? And do you not remember?Jesus continues to mildly rebuke his disciples. These questions can be written as statements. Alternate translation: “You have eyes, but you do not understand what you see. You have ears, but you do not understand what you hear. You should remember.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
520MRK819e37pfigs-metonymyτοὺς πεντακισχιλίους1the 5,000This refers to the 5,000 people Jesus fed. Alternate translation: “the 5,000 people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
521MRK819t7igtranslate-numbersτοὺς πεντακισχιλίους1the 5,000“the five thousand people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
522MRK819e4zqfigs-explicitπόσους κοφίνους κλασμάτων πλήρεις ἤρατε1how many baskets full of broken pieces did you take upIt may be helpful to state when they collected the baskets of pieces. Alternate translation: “how many baskets full of broken pieces of bread did you collect after everyone finished eating” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
523MRK820b5bmfigs-metonymyτοὺς τετρακισχιλίους1the 4,000This refers to the 4,000 people Jesus fed. Alternate translation: “the 4,000 people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
524MRK820lip5translate-numbersτοὺς τετρακισχιλίους1the 4,000“the four thousand people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
525MRK820ggl1figs-explicitπόσων σπυρίδων πληρώματα κλασμάτων ἤρατε1how many baskets full of broken pieces did you take upIt may be helpful to state when they collected these. Alternate translation: “how many baskets full of broken pieces of bread did you collect after everyone finished eating” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
526MRK821kh42figs-rquestionπῶς οὔπω συνίετε?1How do you not yet understand?Jesus is mildly rebuking his disciples for not understanding. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should understand by now the things I say and do.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
527MRK822c92c0Connecting Statement:When Jesus and his disciples get out of their boat at Bethsaida, Jesus heals a blind man.
528MRK822mul4translate-namesΒηθσαϊδάν1BethsaidaThis is a town on the northern shore of the Sea of Galilee. See how you translated the name of this town in [Mark 6:45](../06/45.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
529MRK822mx9qfigs-explicitἵνα αὐτοῦ ἅψηται1that he would touch himIt may be helpful to state why they wanted Jesus to touch the man. Alternate translation: “to touch him in order to heal him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
530MRK823t5udπτύσας εἰς τὰ ὄμματα αὐτοῦ, ἐπιθεὶς τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῷ, ἐπηρώτα αὐτόν1having spit into his eyes, having laid his hands on him, he was asking him“when Jesus had spit on the mans eyes and laid his hands on him, Jesus asked the man”
531MRK824jcv8ἀναβλέψας1having looked up“when the man looked up”
532MRK824r6tkfigs-simileβλέπω τοὺς ἀνθρώπους, ὅτι ὡς δένδρα ὁρῶ περιπατοῦντας1I see men who look like walking treesThe man sees men **walking** around, yet they are not clear to him, so he compares them to **trees**. Alternate translation: “Yes, I see people! They are walking around, but I cannot see them clearly. They look like trees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
533MRK825png5εἶτα πάλιν ἐπέθηκεν1Then he again laid“Then Jesus again laid”
534MRK825td9lfigs-activepassiveκαὶ διέβλεψεν καὶ ἀπεκατέστη1and he looked intently and was restoredThe phrase **was restored** can be written in active form. Alternate translation: “restoring the mans sight, and then the man opened his eyes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
535MRK827e4l30Connecting Statement:Jesus and his disciples talk on their way to the villages of Caesarea Philippi about who Jesus is and what will happen to him.
536MRK828bh7hοἱ δὲ εἶπαν αὐτῷ λέγοντες1But they said to him, saying“But they answered him, saying,”
537MRK828ac8hfigs-explicitἸωάννην τὸν Βαπτιστήν1John the BaptistThe disciples answer that this was who some people said Jesus was. This can be shown more clearly. Alternate translation: “Some people say that you are John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
538MRK828nn1ffigs-ellipsisἄλλοι…ἄλλοι1other … othersThe tow occurrences of **others** refers to other people. This refers to their responses to Jesus question. Alternate translation: “other people say you are … other people say you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
539MRK829v4h4αὐτὸς ἐπηρώτα αὐτούς1He asked them“Jesus asked his disciples”
540MRK830fk1zfigs-explicitἐπετίμησεν αὐτοῖς ἵνα μηδενὶ λέγωσιν περὶ αὐτοῦ1he warned them that they might tell no one about himJesus did not want them to tell anyone that he was the Christ. This can be made more explicit. Alternate translation: “Jesus warned them not to tell anyone that he is the Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
541MRK830rgy8figs-quotationsἐπετίμησεν αὐτοῖς ἵνα μηδενὶ λέγωσιν περὶ αὐτοῦ1he warned them that they might tell no one about himThis can be written as a direct quote. Alternate translation: “Jesus warned them, Do not tell anyone that I am the Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
542MRK831d4dcguidelines-sonofgodprinciplesτὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου1the Son of ManThis is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
543MRK831m32pfigs-activepassiveἀποδοκιμασθῆναι ὑπὸ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων καὶ τῶν ἀρχιερέων καὶ τῶν γραμματέων, καὶ ἀποκτανθῆναι, καὶ μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἀναστῆναι1to be rejected by the elders and the chief priests and the scribes, and to be killed, and to rise up after three daysYou can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “that the elders and the chief priests and the scribes would reject him, and that men would kill him, and that after three days he would rise up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
544MRK832hl4aπαρρησίᾳ τὸν λόγον ἐλάλει1he was speaking this word openly“he said this in a way that was easy to understand”
545MRK832te4zfigs-explicitἤρξατο ἐπιτιμᾶν αὐτῷ1began to rebuke himPeter rebuked Jesus for saying the things he said would happen to the Son of Man. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “began to rebuke him for saying these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
546MRK833ev5s0Connecting Statement:After rebuking Peter for his not wanting Jesus to die and rise, Jesus tells both his disciples and the crowd how to follow him.
547MRK833nu32figs-metaphorὕπαγε ὀπίσω μου, Σατανᾶ, ὅτι οὐ φρονεῖς1Get behind me, Satan! For you are not setting your mindJesus means that Peter is acting like **Satan** because Peter is trying to prevent Jesus from accomplishing what God sent him to do. Alternate translation: “Get behind me, because you are acting like Satan! You are not setting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
548MRK833r9gyὕπαγε ὀπίσω μου1Get behind me“Get away from me”
549MRK834m732figs-metaphorὀπίσω μου ἀκολουθεῖν1to follow after meTo **follow** Jesus here represents being one of his disciples. Alternate translation: “be my disciple” or “be one of my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
550MRK834skl2ἀπαρνησάσθω ἑαυτὸν1let him deny himself“he must not give in to his own desires” or “he must forsake his own desires”
551MRK834c6llfigs-metonymyἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκολουθείτω μοι1take up his cross, and follow meThe cross represents suffering and death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
552MRK834oxv6figs-metaphorἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκολουθείτω μοι1take up his cross, and follow me“carry his cross and follow me.” Taking up the cross represents being willing to suffer and die. Alternate translation: “must obey me even to the point of suffering and dying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
553MRK834zs3lfigs-metaphorἀκολουθείτω μοι1follow meTo **follow** Jesus here represents obeying him. Alternate translation: “obey me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
554MRK835d5rjὃς γὰρ ἐὰν θέλῃ1For whoever wants“For anyone who wants”
555MRK835a6g3τὴν ψυχὴν1soulThis refers to both physical life and spiritual life.
556MRK835mpq6figs-explicitἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ καὶ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου1for my sake and for the gospel“because of me and because of the gospel.” Jesus is talking about people who lose their lives because they follow Jesus and **the gospel**. You can state this clearly. Alternate translation: “because he follows me and tells others the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
557MRK836ua46figs-rquestionτί γὰρ ὠφελεῖ ἄνθρωπον, κερδήσῃ τὸν κόσμον ὅλον καὶ ζημιωθῆναι τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ?1For what does it profit a man to gain the whole world and to forfeit his soul?This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Even if a person gains the whole world, it will not benefit him if he forfeits his life.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
558MRK836w7gmκερδήσῃ τὸν κόσμον ὅλον καὶ ζημιωθῆναι τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ1to gain the whole world and to forfeit his soulThis can also be expressed as a condition starting with the word “if.” Alternate translation: “if he gains the whole world and then forfeits his life”
559MRK836jde6figs-hyperboleκερδήσῃ τὸν κόσμον ὅλον1to gain the whole worldThe words **the whole world** are an exaggeration for great riches. Alternate translation: “to gain everything he ever wanted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
560MRK836bu77ζημιωθῆναι1to forfeitTo **forfeit** something is to lose it or to have another person take it away.
561MRK837wua4figs-rquestionτί γὰρ δοῖ ἄνθρωπος ἀντάλλαγμα τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ?1For what might a man give as an exchange for his soul?This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “There is nothing a person can give in exchange for his life.” or “No one can give anything in exchange for his life.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
562MRK837zw4jτί…δοῖ ἄνθρωπος1what might a man giveIf in your language to **give** requires someone to receive what is given, you can state clearly that “God” is the receiver. Alternate translation: “what can a person give to God”
563MRK838rvi6ἐπαισχυνθῇ με καὶ τοὺς ἐμοὺς λόγους1may be ashamed of me and my words“may be ashamed of me and my message”
564MRK838c53yfigs-metaphorἐν τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ, τῇ μοιχαλίδι καὶ ἁμαρτωλῷ1in this adulterous and sinful generationJesus speaks of this **generation** as **adulterous**, meaning that they are unfaithful in their relationship with God. Alternate translation: “in this generation of people who have committed adultery against God and are very sinful” or “in this generation of people who are unfaithful to God and are very sinful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
565MRK838s5tmguidelines-sonofgodprinciplesὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου1the Son of ManThis is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
566MRK838xd58ὅταν ἔλθῃ1when he may come“when he comes back”
567MRK838vl69ἐν τῇ δόξῃ τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτοῦ1in the glory of his FatherWhen Jesus returns he will have the same **glory** as his Father.
568MRK838vqk3μετὰ τῶν ἀγγέλων τῶν ἁγίων1with the holy angels“accompanied by the holy angels”
569MRK9intron92j0# Mark 9 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “transfigured”<br><br>Scripture often speaks of Gods glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. Mark says in this chapter that Jesus clothing shone with this glorious light so that his followers could see that Jesus truly was Gods Son. At the same time, God told them that Jesus was his Son. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Hyperbole<br><br>Jesus said things that he did not expect his followers to understand literally. When he said, “If your hand causes you to stumble, cut it off” ([Mark 9:43](../mrk/09/43.md)), he was exaggerating so that his hearers would pay close attention to what he was saying and realize how important it is to avoid sin.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Elijah and Moses<br><br>Elijah and Moses suddenly appear to Jesus, James, John, and Peter, and then they disappear. All four of them saw Elijah and Moses, and because Elijah and Moses spoke with Jesus, the reader should understand that Elijah and Moses appeared physically.<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([Mark 9:31](../mrk/09/31.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “If anyone wants to be first, he must be last of all and servant of all” ([Mark 9:35](../mrk/09/35.md)).
570MRK91q4b6writing-pronounsἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς1he was saying to themHere, the pronoun **he** refers to Jesus. If your readers would not understand this, you can state who **he** refers to in your translation. Alternate translation: “Jesus was saying to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
571MRK91xm40figs-yousingularἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν1Here, the word **you** is plural, in the original language that Mark wrote this Gospel in, and refers to everyone that Jesus is speaking to. Your language may require you to mark this form. Alternate translation: “Truly I say to all of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
572MRK91kg4xfigs-idiomοἵτινες οὐ μὴ γεύσωνται θανάτου1The phrase **taste death** is an idiom which means “to experience death.” If your readers would not understand this idiom you can use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning using plain language. Alternate translation: “who will certainly not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
573MRK91qloyfigs-abstractnounsοἵτινες οὐ μὴ γεύσωνται θανάτου1If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **death** by using the verb form. Alternate translation: “who may certainly not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
574MRK91ymoufigs-abstractnounsἕως ἂν ἴδωσιν τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐληλυθυῖαν ἐν δυνάμει1If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **power**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **power** by using an adverb such as “powerfully.” Alternate translation: “before they would see the kingdom of God come powerfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
575MRK91yjf6figs-explicitτὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐληλυθυῖαν ἐν δυνάμει1the kingdom of God come with powerThe phrase **the kingdom of God come with power** represents God showing himself as king. If it would help your readers understand the meaning you can state this plainly. The phrase **the kingdom of God come with power** probably refers to God powerfully confirming that Jesus is the Messianic king through the transfiguration of Jesus which immediately follows this verse in [9:2-10](../09/02.md). Alternate translation: “God powerfully showing himself as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
576MRK92uf5ffigs-rpronounsκατ’ ἰδίαν μόνους1by themselves, aloneThe author uses the reflexive pronoun **themselves** here to emphasize that they were alone and that only Jesus, Peter, James, and John went up the mountain. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
577MRK92krt6translate-unknownμετεμορφώθη ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν1he was transfigured before themThe word **transfigured** means to be changed in appearance or form. If your readers would not be familiar with the meaning of this word, you could state the meaning of this word in plain language. Alternate translation: “Jesus appearance was changed in front of them” or “when they looked at him, his appearance was different from what it had been” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
578MRK92b3bbfigs-activepassiveμετεμορφώθη ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν1he was transfiguredIf it would be more natural in your language, you could express the meaning of the phrase **he was transfigured before them** with an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God changed Jesus appearance before them” or “God transfigured Jesus before them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
579MRK93gp48translate-unknownοἷα γναφεὺς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς οὐ δύναται οὕτως λευκᾶναι1as no bleacher on earth is able thus to make them whiteThe word **launderer** refers to a person who worked with cloth and would clean and bleach it. If your readers would not be familiar with the meaning of this word, you could state the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “whiter than any person who bleached cloth could make them” or “such as no person on earth who bleached cloth could make them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
580MRK94f2d6translate-namesἨλείας1Elijah with Moses appeared**Elijah** is the name of a man. See how you translated his name in [Mark 6:15](../mrk/06/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
581MRK94j83atranslate-namesΜωϋσεῖ1**Moses** is the name of a man. See how you translated his name in [Mark 1:44](../mrk/01/44.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
582MRK94r3uuwriting-pronounsαὐτοῖς1Here, the word **them** refers to Peter, James, and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
583MRK94pj3iwriting-pronounsἦσαν συνλαλοῦντες1they were talking withHere, the word **they** refers to Elijah and Moses. Alternate translation: “Elijah and Moses were talking with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
584MRK94sh7sfigs-activepassiveκαὶ ὤφθη αὐτοῖς Ἠλείας σὺν Μωϋσεῖ1If it would be more natural in your language, you could express the passive phrase **were seen** with an active form. Alternate translation: “And they saw Elijah and Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
585MRK94y9r3writing-pronounsαὐτοῖς1The word **them** refers to Peter, James, and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
586MRK95w6vsἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Πέτρος λέγει τῷ Ἰησοῦ1answering, Peter says to JesusHere, the word **answering** is used to introduce Peter into the conversation. Peter was not answering a question.
587MRK95iqc9figs-exclusiveκαλόν ἐστιν ἡμᾶς ὧδε εἶναι1it is good for us to be hereHere, the pronoun **us** could: (1) refer only to Peter, James, and John, in which case **us** would be exclusive. (2) include Jesus, in which case **us** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
588MRK95k3y1translate-unknownσκηνάς1shelters**Shelters** are simple, temporary places in which to sit or sleep. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
589MRK95ou1ttranslate-namesΜωϋσεῖ1**Moses** is the name of a man. See how you translated his name in [Mark 1:44](../mrk/01/44.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
590MRK95u7ditranslate-namesἨλείᾳ1**Elijah** is the name of a man. See how you translated his name in [Mark 6:15](../mrk/06/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
591MRK96r3bnwriting-backgroundοὐ γὰρ ᾔδει τί ἀποκριθῇ; ἔκφοβοι γὰρ ἐγένοντο1For he did not know what to say, for they were terrifiedThis entire verse is a parenthetical statement which gives background information about Peter, James, and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
592MRK96f8hnἔκφοβοι…ἐγένοντο1they were terrifiedAlternate translation: “they were very frightened” or “they were very afraid”
593MRK97e3idἐγένετο…ἐπισκιάζουσα αὐτοῖς1came, overshadowing themAlternate translation: “appeared and covered them”
594MRK97x4mvfigs-personificationἐγένετο φωνὴ ἐκ τῆς νεφέλης1a voice came from the cloudMark speaks figuratively of this **voice** as if it were a living thing that could come from the cloud to earth. Alternate translation: “God spoke from the cloud and said” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification)
595MRK97ybu6guidelines-sonofgodprinciplesὁ Υἱός μου1my Son**Son** is an important title for Jesus. The title **Son** describes Jesus relationship with God the Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
596MRK97lg0efigs-yousingularἀκούετε1**Listen** is a command or instruction to Peter, James, and John. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
597MRK98hq73writing-pronounsοὐκέτι…εἶδον1they no longer sawHere, **they** refers to Peter, James, and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
598MRK99q2qvwriting-pronounsαὐτῶν1The first occurrence of the word **they** in this verse refers to Jesus and Peter and James and John. Alternate translation: “Jesus, Peter, James and John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
599MRK99pdmmwriting-pronounsδιεστείλατο αὐτοῖς1Here, the pronoun **he** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus ordered them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
600MRK99w1nfwriting-pronounsδιεστείλατο αὐτοῖς ἵνα μηδενὶ ἃ εἶδον διηγήσωνται1Here, the pronoun **them** and the second and third occurrence of the pronoun **they** all refer to Peter and James and John. Alternate translation: “Jesus ordered Peter and James and John not to tell anyone about what they had just seen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
601MRK99wterδιεστείλατο αὐτοῖς ἵνα μηδενὶ ἃ εἶδον διηγήσωνται1Alternate translation: “Jesus ordered them not tell anyone about what they had just seen”
602MRK99w98gfigs-metonymyἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῇ1would rise from the deadJesus speaks figuratively in this way of coming back to life, since it involves rising out of the grave. Alternate translation: “would come back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
603MRK910edv3figs-explicitκαὶ τὸν λόγον ἐκράτησαν πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς1**And they kept the matter to themselves** means that Peter, James, and John did not share with other people that Jesus had been transfigured until after he rose from the dead. Alternate translation: “And they did not tell others about Jesus transfiguration” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
604MRK910wfu9ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῆναι1to rise from the deadSee how you translated the phrase “rise from the dead” in the previous verse.
605MRK911s9znwriting-pronounsἐπηρώτων αὐτὸν λέγοντες1they were questioning himHere, the pronoun **they** refers to Peter, James, and John. Alternate translation: “Peter, James, and John were questioning Jesus, saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
606MRK911je29writing-pronounsἐπηρώτων αὐτὸν1Here, the pronoun **him** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “they were questioning Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
607MRK911wgsrtranslate-namesἨλείαν1**Elijah** is the name of a man. See how you translated his name in [Mark 6:15](../mrk/06/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
608MRK912o8hfwriting-pronounsἔφη1Here, the pronoun **he** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus was saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
609MRK912s3q3figs-rquestionκαὶ πῶς γέγραπται ἐπὶ τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, ἵνα πολλὰ πάθῃ καὶ ἐξουδενηθῇ?1And how is it written about the Son of Man that he would suffer many things and would be despised?Jesus uses a rhetorical question here to remind his disciples that the Scriptures also teach that the Son of Man must suffer and be despised. You could translate this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “But I also want you to consider what is written about the Son of Man. The Scriptures say that he must suffer many things and be hated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
610MRK912toikfigs-activepassiveκαὶ πῶς γέγραπται ἐπὶ τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, ἵνα πολλὰ πάθῃ καὶ ἐξουδενηθῇ1If it would be more natural in your language, you could express the meaning behind the phrase **been written** with an active form. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
611MRK912i3j7figs-activepassiveἐξουδενηθῇ1would be despisedIf it would be more natural in your language, you can state the phrase **would be despised** in active form. Alternate translation: “that people would hate him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
612MRK913k3kjfigs-explicitἐποίησαν αὐτῷ ὅσα ἤθελον1they did whatever they wanted to himIf it would help your readers, consider stating explicitly what the Jewish people did to Elijah. Alternate translation: “our leaders treated him very badly, just as they wanted to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
613MRK914n8fdἐλθόντες πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς1having come to the disciplesAlternate translation: “When Jesus, Peter, James, and John returned to the other disciples who had not gone with them up the mountain”
614MRK914qsp3writing-pronounsαὐτοὺς…αὐτούς1Here, both occurrences of the pronoun **them** refers to the other disciples of Jesus who had not went up on the mountain with Jesus and Peter, James, and John. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
615MRK915qhc3writing-pronounsαὐτὸν…προστρέχοντες…αὐτόν1All three of the occurrences of the pronoun **him** in this verse, refer to Jesus. If it would help your readers you can clarify this in your translation in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
616MRK916w679writing-pronounsκαὶ ἐπηρώτησεν αὐτούς1Here, the first occurrence of the pronoun **them** could refer to: (1) the disciples of Jesus who had not went up on the mountain. Alternate translation: “And Jesus asked his disciples” (2) the people in the crowd. Alternate translation: “And Jesus asked the people in the crown” (3) the scribes. Alternate translation: “And Jesus asked the scribes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
617MRK918h98hξηραίνεται1he becomes rigidAlternate translation: “his body becomes rigid”
618MRK918zre6figs-explicitοὐκ ἴσχυσαν1they could notThe phrase **the were not strong enough** refers to the disciples not being about to drive the spirit out of the boy. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they could not drive it out of him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
619MRK919tb67figs-extrainfoὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς αὐτοῖς λέγει1answering them, he saysHere, the pronoun **them** is plural so Jesus is addressing more than one person. However, it is not clear exactly who **them** refers to. It could refer to the disciples, the crowd, the boy and his father, some some combination of them, or to all of them at once. Here,**them** probably refers to everyone who was present. Use the form in your language that would be used for addressing a group of people. Alternate translation: “But answering all of them, Jesus said” or “Addressing them all, Jesus said” or “Addressing everyone present, Jesus said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
620MRK919azc9figs-abstractnounsὦ γενεὰ ἄπιστος1You unbelieving generationIf your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of a **generation**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **generation** in another way. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
621MRK919nbw0figs-metonymyὦ γενεὰ ἄπιστος1Jesus uses the term **generation** figuratively to mean all the people who were alive at that time in history and specifically to refer to all the people who were present with him. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy)
622MRK919c88afigs-rquestionὦ γενεὰ ἄπιστος! ἕως πότε πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἔσομαι? ἕως πότε ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν1until when will I be with you? Until when will I bear with you?Here, Jesus uses two rhetorical questions, **until when will I be with you** and **Until when will I bear with you**, to show his frustration and disappointment with unbelief. If you do not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate Jesus words as a statement or as an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You unbelieving generation. You test my patience” or “You unbelieving generation. Your unbelief tires me! I wonder how long I must bear with you” or “You have all gone wrong because you do not believe, so I hope I do not have to stay here and put up with you for very long” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
623MRK919n4dqfigs-parallelismἕως πότε πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἔσομαι? ἕως πότε ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν?1until when will I be with you? Until when will I bear with you?The question **until when will I be with you** and the question **Until when will I bear with you** have very similar meanings. Jesus uses these two similar questions together in order to emphasize his frustration and disappointment. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “how long will I have to be with you and endure your unbelief” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
624MRK919b7u5ἕως πότε ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν1will I bear with youAlternate translation: “Until when should I endure you” or “Until when must I put up with you” or “How long must I endure you”
625MRK919nryaφέρετε αὐτὸν πρός με1In the original language that Mark wrote this Gospel in, the word **bring** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people.
626MRK920bw3lπνεῦμα1the spiritSee how you translated the word **spirit** in [Mark 9:17](../mrk/09/17.md).
627MRK920l4r5writing-pronounsκαὶ ἤνεγκαν αὐτὸν πρὸς αὐτόν. καὶ ἰδὼν αὐτὸν, τὸ πνεῦμα εὐθὺς συνεσπάραξεν αὐτόν1threw him into a convulsionIn this verse the first and fourth occurrence of the pronoun **him** refer to the mans “son” who was possessed by a mute spirit and mentioned in [Mark 9:17](../mrk/09/17.md). If it would help your readers, consider clarifying this in your translation in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And they brought the mans son to Jesus, and having seen him, the spirit immediately threw the boy into a convulsion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
628MRK920vdj4writing-pronounsκαὶ ἤνεγκαν αὐτὸν πρὸς αὐτόν. καὶ ἰδὼν αὐτὸν, τὸ πνεῦμα εὐθὺς συνεσπάραξεν αὐτόν1In this verse, the second and third occurrence of the pronoun **him** refer Jesus. If it would help your readers, consider clarifying this in your translation in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And they brought the mans son to Jesus, and having seen Jesus, the spirit immediately threw the boy into a convulsion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
629MRK921f5zmκαὶ ἐπηρώτησεν τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ, πόσος χρόνος ἐστὶν ὡς τοῦτο γέγονεν αὐτῷ? ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, ἐκ παιδιόθεν1From childhoodAlternate translation: “And Jesus asked the boys father, How long of a time has this been happening to him? And the father said, This has been happening to him since childhood
630MRK922f5yufigs-infostructureβοήθησον ἡμῖν, σπλαγχνισθεὶς ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς1having had compassionIn the sentence **help us, having had compassion on us**, Mark records the father using a figure of speech in which the logical flow of events is altered in order to put what is most important in the mind of the speaker first. The normal way of saying this would be, “having had compassion on us, help us”, because it shows the natural order of events, since **having had compassion** on someone normally precedes helping them. Mark records the father saying **help us** first because receiving help was what was most important to the father. If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “have compassion on us and help us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
631MRK922fbupfigs-abstractnounsσπλαγχνισθεὶς1If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **compassion**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **compassion** in another way, such as by using the verb “pity.” Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
632MRK923vh6cεἰ δύνῃ?1If you are able?The phrase **If you are able** is Jesus repeating back to the man what the man had just said to Jesus. Jesus does this in order to rebuke the mans doubt. If it would be more natural in your language you can express this as a statement or in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You should not say to me, If you are able” or “You ask me if I am able. Of course I am able” or “Why do you say If you are able
633MRK923kp1xπάντα δυνατὰ τῷ πιστεύοντι1All things are possible for the one believingAlternate translation: “Everything is possible for the person who believes” or “Anything is possible for the person believing in God”
634MRK923e5kkfigs-explicitτῷ πιστεύοντι1for the one believingThe word **believing** refers to belief in God, and here it specifically refers to belief in Jesus and his power. The phrase **the one** means “any person” or “any one.” If it would help your readers you can say these things explicitly. Alternate translation: “for anyone who believes that God is able to do them” or “for any person who believes in Gods power” or “for anyone one who believes in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
635MRK924h4y6figs-explicitβοήθει μου τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ1Help me in my unbeliefThe sentence **Help my unbelief** does not mean that the man had no belief in Jesus or his power but rather these words express that the man realized he did not believe fully or believe to the extent that he should. The man is asking Jesus to help him overcome his unbelief and increase his faith. If it would help your readers you can say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Help me to have more faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
636MRK924wssifigs-abstractnounsβοήθει μου τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ1If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **unbelief**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **unbelief** in another way. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
637MRK925qaw4figs-explicitἐπισυντρέχει ὄχλος1the crowd is running to themThis means that more people were **running** toward where Jesus was and that the crowd there was growing larger. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “many people were gathering around them” or “people were gathering quickly around them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
638MRK925b54jgrammar-collectivenounsἐπισυντρέχει ὄχλος1The word **crowd** is a singular noun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a group of people was running to them” or “many people were running to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
639MRK925ul8kfigs-explicitτὸ ἄλαλον καὶ κωφὸν πνεῦμα1You mute and deaf spiritThe words **mute** and **deaf** can be explained if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “You unclean spirit, who are causing this boy to be unable to speak and unable to hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
640MRK925zd5cfigs-goἔξελθε ἐξ αὐτοῦ1Your language may say “go out” rather than **come out** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “go out from him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
641MRK926adb6κράξας1having cried outAlternate translation: “after the unclean spirit cried out”
642MRK926i8dzfigs-goἐξῆλθεν1convulsed him greatlyYour language may say “went out” rather than **came out** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “it went out” or “the spirit went out of the boy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
643MRK926n7h8figs-nominaladjἐγένετο ὡσεὶ νεκρὸς1he became like a dead personMark is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “the boy appeared dead” or “the boy looked like a dead person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
644MRK926ns4tὥστε τοὺς πολλοὺς λέγειν1so that manyAlternate translation: “so that many people said”
645MRK927r9znἤγειρεν αὐτόν1lifted him upAlternate translation: “helped him get up”
646MRK928f0x7figs-goεἰσελθόντος αὐτοῦ εἰς οἶκον1Your language may say “come” rather than “went” in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “when he had come into a house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
647MRK928zwjpεἰσελθόντος αὐτοῦ εἰς οἶκον1Alternate translation: “when he had entered into a house”
648MRK928sd45κατ’ ἰδίαν1by himselfAlternate translation: “privately”
649MRK929pdk2figs-doublenegativesτοῦτο τὸ γένος ἐν οὐδενὶ δύναται ἐξελθεῖν, εἰ μὴ ἐν προσευχῇ καὶ νηστείᾳ1This kind comes out by nothing except by prayer and fastingThe words **nothing** and **except** are both negative words. If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “This kind can be cast out only by prayer and fasting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
650MRK929v2s7figs-explicitτοῦτο τὸ γένος1This kindHere, the phrase **This kind** refers to kinds of unclean spirits. If it would help your readers you can say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “This kind of unclean spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
651MRK929kh4wfigs-goτοῦτο τὸ γένος…δύναται ἐξελθεῖν1Your language may say “go out” rather than “come out” in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “This kind is able to go out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
652MRK929yrzffigs-abstractnounsπροσευχῇ1If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **prayer**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **prayer** in another way. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
653MRK929l6okfigs-abstractnounsνηστείᾳ1If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **fasting**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **fasting** in another way. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
654MRK931w75kfigs-activepassiveὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται1The Son of Man is being deliveredIf it would be more natural in your language, you could translate the phrase **is being delivered** with an active form and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “Evil men will deliver the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
655MRK931y5cwὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται1The Son of Man is being deliveredAlternate translation: “The Son of Man is being betrayed”
656MRK931z8udfigs-metonymyεἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων1into the hands of menHere, **hands** is a metonym for control. Alternate translation: “into the control of men” or “into the custody of men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
657MRK931s1n2figs-activepassiveἀποκτανθεὶς, μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἀναστήσεται1having been killed, he will rise again after three daysIf it would be more natural in your language, you could translate the phrase **having been killed** with an active form and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “after they kill him, he will rise again after three days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
658MRK933xv94figs-goἦλθον εἰς Καφαρναούμ1Connecting Statement:Your language may say “they went” rather than **they came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “they went to Capernaum” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
659MRK933l2kjfigs-goἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ γενόμενος1Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “having went into the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
660MRK934gdg3figs-explicitτίς μείζων1about who was the greatestHere, **greatest** refers to who was the **greatest** among the disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “who was the greatest among them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
661MRK935jzl5figs-metaphorεἴ τις θέλει πρῶτος εἶναι, ἔσται πάντων ἔσχατος1If anyone wants to be first, he will be last of allHere the words **first** and **last** are opposites of one another. Jesus speaks of being the “most important” as being **first** and of being the “least important” as being **last**. Alternate translation: “If anyone wants God to consider him to be the most important person of all, he must consider himself to be the least important of all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
662MRK935um58translate-ordinalπρῶτος1If your language does not use ordinal numbers such as **first**, you can express the meaning behind the word **first** in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: see the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
663MRK935t526πάντων…πάντων1of all … of allAlternate translation: “of all people … of all people”
664MRK936qqcuwriting-pronounsἐν μέσῳ αὐτῶν1The pronoun **them** refers to the 12 disciples. If it would help your readers you could state that explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “in the midst of his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
665MRK937h242ἓν τῶν τοιούτων παιδίων1one of these little childrenAlternate translation: “a child such as this one”
666MRK937ul12figs-metonymyἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου1in my nameHere, **name** is a figurative way of referring to a person by reference to something associated with him. Alternate translation: “on my behalf” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
667MRK937uik3figs-explicitοὐκ ἐμὲ δέχεται, ἀλλὰ τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με1**does not receive me but the one who sent me** means that the people who receive Jesus are not just receiving him but are also receiving God who sent him. If it would help your readers you can state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “receives not just me, but also receives God who has sent me” or “receives not only me, but receives God who sent me to represent him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
668MRK937y24nfigs-explicitτὸν ἀποστείλαντά με1the one who has sent meJesus assumes that his disciples will know that **the one** refers to God. If it would help your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God, who has sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
669MRK938dxq5figs-metonymyἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου1in your nameHere, **name** is a figurative way of referring to a person by reference to something associated with him. This expression means the person was acting with the power and authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “on your behalf” or “as your representative” or “by your authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
670MRK938k2i2figs-metaphorοὐκ ἠκολούθει ἡμῖν1he was not following usHere, **following** does not seem to mean to be one of Jesus disciples, since this man was acting in Jesus **name**. Here, **following us** means that this man did not travel in the group of Jesus and his disciples. Alternate translation: “he does not travel with you in our group” or “he is not part of our group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
671MRK939oynlfigs-litotesμὴ κωλύετε αὐτόν1Jesus is figuratively expressing a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. You can state this positively. Alternate translation: “Allow him to continue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
672MRK939yw2qfigs-metonymyὀνόματί1See how you translated **name** in the previous verse [9:39](../09/39.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
673MRK939h7ezfigs-abstractnounsκακολογῆσαί1If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **evil**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **evil** by using an adjective to describe it or by expressing it some other way that is natural in language. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
674MRK940tma4οὐκ ἔστιν καθ’ ἡμῶν1is not against usAlternate translation: “is not opposing us”
675MRK941lz5dfigs-explicitποτίσῃ ὑμᾶς ποτήριον ὕδατος ἐν ὀνόματι, ὅτι Χριστοῦ ἐστε1may give you a cup of water in the name that you are of ChristJesus speaks about giving someone **a cup of water** as an example of how one person may help another. This is a figurative way of referring to any possible way that a person might help someone else. Here, giving one of the disciples a cup of water in Jesus name refers to helping them because they represent Jesus and are doing his work. If your readers would not understand this you can use a similar expression from your language or say this using plain language. Alternate translation: “gives you a cup of water because you are working for me” or “helps you on my account” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
676MRK941m0d8figs-metonymyὀνόματι1See how you translated **name** in [9:37](../09/37.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
677MRK941u325figs-ellipsisἐν ὀνόματι1Here, the phrase **in the name** leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “in my name” or “in the name of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
678MRK941bpz5figs-idiomἐν ὀνόματι, ὅτι Χριστοῦ ἐστε1**in the name because** is an idiom which means to do something for the sake of someone. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “because you belong to Christ” or “because you serve me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
679MRK941bgq1figs-litotesοὐ μὴ ἀπολέσῃ1he may certainly not loseHere, Jesus uses the negative phrase **certainly not** together with the negative word **lose**to express a strong positive meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “he will certainly receive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
680MRK941wnb2figs-abstractnounsοὐ μὴ ἀπολέσῃ τὸν μισθὸν αὐτοῦ1If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **reward**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **reward** by using a verb phrase. Alternate translation: “he will certainly be rewarded” or “God will certainly reward that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
681MRK941jjq5figs-gendernotationsοὐ μὴ ἀπολέσῃ τὸν μισθὸν αὐτοῦ1Although the pronouns **he** and **his** are masculine, they are being used here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “that person will certainly not lose their reward” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
682MRK942cj0lfigs-metaphorἕνα τῶν μικρῶν τούτων1The phrase **these little ones** could be: (1) a reference to children who love Jesus and who are physically little compared to adults. Alternate translation: “one of these children who believe in me” (2) a figurative reference to people whose faith is new and has not yet become mature and strong. Alternate translation: “one of these new believers” or (3) a figurative reference to people who are not important from a human perspective. Alternate translation: “one of these common people” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
683MRK942gef5figs-explicitκαλόν ἐστιν αὐτῷ μᾶλλον εἰ1Jesus is drawing a comparison to the punishment for causing people to sin. He means that this persons punishment for causing people to sin will be worse than if he had drowned in the sea. No one would actually put a stone around his neck and throw him into the sea as an alternative to that punishment, and Jesus is not saying that anyone will do so. Alternate translation: “The punishment he will receive will be worse than if” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
684MRK942z6k5translate-unknownμύλος ὀνικὸς1a large millstone*large millstones** were round stones used for grinding grain into flour. They were so heavy that they required a donkey or an ox to turn them. If your readers would not be familiar with this, you could use the name of an object in your area that is very heavy, or you could use a general expression such as “a very heavy stone”. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
685MRK942bx6cfigs-explicitπερὶ τὸν τράχηλον αὐτοῦ1The implication is that someone would tie the stone around the persons neck. Alternate translation: “if someone were to attach a millstone around his neck” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
686MRK943g8dvfigs-metonymyἐὰν σκανδαλίσῃ σε ἡ χείρ σου1if your hand may cause you to stumbleHere, **hand** is a metonym for doing, or desiring to do something sinful with your hand. Alternate translation: “if you want to do something sinful with one of your hands” or “if you are doing something sinful with one of your hands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
687MRK943ifcvfigs-hyperboleἐὰν σκανδαλίσῃ σε ἡ χείρ σου, ἀπόκοψον αὐτήν1When Jesus says, **if your hand causes you to stumble, cut it off**, he is using hyperbole in order to emphasize the seriousness of sin and the importance of avoiding it. Jesus is not being literal when he says to cut off **your hand** because Judaism taught against harming ones body and Jesus taught in [Mark 7:14-23](../mrk/07/14.md), and elsewhere, that the human heart is what causes people to sin. If it would be helpful to your readers you can clarify this in a footnote if you are using footnotes. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
688MRK943h9lhfigs-hyperboleκυλλὸν εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν1When Jesus speaks of entering into eternal **life maimed** he is not being literal, but rather is using hyperbole in order to emphasize the importance of striving against sin and things that could prevent one from receiving eternal life. The Bible teaches that when people enter into eternal life with God, he will restore their bodies of any physical defects. If it would be helpful to your readers you can clarify this in a footnote if you are using footnotes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
689MRK943wd7yfigs-explicitεἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν1Here, the phrase **enter into life** is referring to living eternally with God after ones life on earth has ended. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to enter into eternal life” or “to die and live forever” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
690MRK943l5bffigs-abstractnounsεἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν1If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **life**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **life** in another way. Alternate translation: “live with God forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
691MRK943ttl7εἰς τὸ πῦρ τὸ ἄσβεστον1into the unquenchable fireAlternate translation: “where the fire cannot be put out”
692MRK945lx2bfigs-metonymyἐὰν ὁ πούς σου σκανδαλίζῃ σε1if your foot may cause you to stumbleHere, the word **foot** is a metonym for going, or desiring to go someplace for the purpose of sinning. Alternate translation: “if you use your foot to walk someplace in order to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
693MRK945so26figs-explicitεἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν1See how you translated the phrase **enter into life** in [Mark 9:43](../mrk/09/43.md). (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
694MRK945vj49figs-hyperboleεἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν χωλὸν1to enter into life lameWhen Jesus speaks of entering into eternal **life lame** he is not being literal, but rather is using hyperbole in order to emphasize the importance of striving against sin and things that could prevent one from receiving eternal life. The Bible teaches that when people enter into eternal life with God, he will restore their bodies of any physical defects. If it would be helpful to your readers you can clarify this in a footnote if you are using footnotes in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
695MRK945hbt9figs-activepassiveβληθῆναι εἰς τὴν Γέενναν1If your language does not use the active form in this way, you could express the phrase **to be thrown** in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “God” is the one who will do it. Alternate translation: “for God to throw you into Gehenna” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
696MRK947okc3figs-metonymyἐὰν ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου σκανδαλίζῃ σε, ἔκβαλε αὐτόν1Here, **eye** is a metonym for desiring to sin as a result of looking at something which God has prohibited. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this in plain language. Alternate translation: “if you want to sin because of looking at something, tear your eye out” or “if you want to do something sinful because of what you look at, tear your eye out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
697MRK947h4dvfigs-explicitμονόφθαλμον εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ1Here, the phrase **enter into the kingdom of God** is referring to living eternally with God after ones life on earth has ended and has a similar meaning to the phrase “to enter into life” that was used in [Mark 9:43](../mrk/09/43.md) and [Mark 9:45](../mrk/09/45.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to enter into Gods kingdom and live with him forever with only one eye” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
698MRK947t7uvfigs-hyperboleμονόφθαλμον εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ1When Jesus speaks of entering **into the kingdom of God with one eye** he is not being literal, but rather is using hyperbole in order to emphasize the importance of striving against sin and things that could prevent one from receiving eternal life. The Bible teaches that when people enter into eternal life with God, he will restore their bodies of any physical defects. If it would be helpful to your readers you can clarify this in a footnote if you are using footnotes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
699MRK947r2gnfigs-activepassiveβληθῆναι εἰς τὴν Γέενναν1to be thrown into hellSee how you translated the phrase **to be thrown into Gehenna** in [Mark 9:45](../mrk/09/45.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
700MRK949mr5yfigs-activepassiveπᾶς…πυρὶ ἁλισθήσεται1everyone will be salted with fireIf your language does not use the active form in this way, you could express the phrase **will be salted** in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “God” is the one who will do it. Alternate translation: “God will salt everyone with fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
701MRK949ma3sfigs-metaphorπυρὶ ἁλισθήσεται1will be salted with fireHere, **fire** is a metaphor for suffering, and putting salt on people is a metaphor for purifying them. So **will be salted with fire** is a metaphor for being purified through suffering. Alternate translation: “will be made pure in the fire of suffering” or “will suffer in order to be purified as a sacrifice is purified with salt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
702MRK950rb7rἄναλον γένηται1may become unsalty“loses its salty taste”
703MRK950fqb8figs-rquestionἐν τίνι αὐτὸ ἀρτύσετε?1with what will you season it?**with what will you season it** is a rhetorical question. can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “you cannot make it salty again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
704MRK950t76nαὐτὸ ἀρτύσετε1will you season it“will you make it taste salty again”
705MRK950f34yfigs-metaphorἔχετε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἅλα1Have salt in yourselvesJesus speaks of doing good things for one another as if good things were **salt** that people possess. Alternate translation: “Do good to each other, like salt adds flavor to food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
706MRK950syc9figs-rpronounsἔχετε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἅλα1The plural reflexive pronoun **yourselves** is used here to emphasize that Jesus wanted each of his 12 disciples to apply what he was saying to themselves personally. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this. Alternate translation: “make sure that each of you has salt within yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
707MRK950tindfigs-yousingularεἰρηνεύετε ἐν ἀλλήλοις1**be at peace with one another** is a command or instruction to all of Jesus 12 disciples. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
708MRK10introbq250# Mark 10 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted material in 10:7-8.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Jesus teaching about divorce<br><br>The Pharisees wanted to find a way to make Jesus say that it is good to break the law of Moses, so they asked him about divorce. Jesus tells how God originally designed marriage to show that the Pharisees taught wrongly about divorce.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>Metaphors are mental pictures of visible objects that speakers use to explain invisible truths. When Jesus spoke of “the cup which I will drink,” he was speaking of the pain he would suffer on the cross as if it were a bitter, poisonous liquid in a cup.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “Whoever wishes to become great among you must be your servant” ([Mark 10:43](../mrk/10/43.md)).
709MRK101qq93figs-explicitἐκεῖθεν ἀναστὰς, ἔρχεται1having gotten up, he goes from that placeJesus disciples were traveling with him. They were leaving Capernaum. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “getting up, Jesus and his disciples left Capernaum and went from that place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
710MRK101gokifigs-goἔρχεται1Your language may say “comes” rather than **goes** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “he comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
711MRK101j5waκαὶ πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου1and the other side of the Jordan RiverAlternate translation: “and to the land on the other side of the Jordan River” or “and to the area east of the Jordan River”
712MRK101s6fyfigs-goσυνπορεύονται…ὄχλοι πρὸς αὐτόν1Your language may say “went” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “the crowds went together to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
713MRK101vzb4εἰώθει1he had been accustomed to doAlternate translation: “was his custom” or “he usually did”
714MRK105m73xfigs-metonymyτὴν σκληροκαρδίαν1your hardness of heartHere, **heart** is a metonym for a persons inner being or mind. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
715MRK105xqzbfigs-idiomτὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν1your hardness of heartThe phrase **hardness of heart** is an idiom which describes stubbornly choosing to resist Gods will and instead choosing ones own will. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. See how you translated the phrase “the hardness of their heart” in [Mark 3:5](../mrk/03/5.md). Alternate translation: “your stubbornness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
716MRK106m6ljfigs-nominaladjἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ ἐποίησεν αὐτούς1He made themHere, the adjectives **male** and **female** are being used as nouns in order to describe two groups of people, males and females. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this in another way. Alternate translation: “God made people male and female” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
717MRK106jz57figs-quotesinquotesἀπὸ δὲ ἀρχῆς κτίσεως, ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ ἐποίησεν αὐτούς1Beginning in the previous verse Jesus begins directly addressing the Pharisees with the words “Because of your hardness of heart” and this verse and the next two verses continue his direct speech to the Pharisees. However, in this verse, beginning with the phrase *He made them male and female** Jesus begins quoting two Old Testament scripture passages, [Genesis 1:27](../gen/01/27.md) and [Genesis 2:24](../gen/02/24.md) which he concludes at the end of [Mark 10:9](../mrk/10/09.md). Jesus entire address is enclosed with double quotation marks and his quotation of the Old Testament is enclosed with single quotation marks because it is a quote within a quote. If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate Jesus direct quotation of the Old Testament as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “But from the beginning of creation the Scriptures tell us that God made people male and female” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
718MRK107lfzdgrammar-collectivenounsκαταλείψει ἄνθρωπος τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ καὶ τὴν μητέρα1Here, the word **man** is a singular noun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “men will leave their fathers and mothers” or “men will leave their parents” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
719MRK107ycp7figs-explicitκαταλείψει ἄνθρωπος τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ καὶ τὴν μητέρα1The phrase **a man will leave his father and mother** does not mean that a man necessarily has to stop living in his fathers and mothers home once he gets married. Rather it means (COME BACK) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
720MRK108rd63καὶ ἔσονται οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν; ὥστε οὐκέτι εἰσὶν δύο, ἀλλὰ μία σάρξ1and the two will become one fleshIn this verse Jesus finishes his quotation of [Genesis 1:27](../gen/01/27.md) and [Genesis 2:24](../gen/02/24.md). Jesus began quoting Genesis in the second half of [Mark 10:6](../mrk/10/6.md).
721MRK108p7ycfigs-metaphorοὐκέτι εἰσὶν δύο, ἀλλὰ μία σάρξ1they are no longer two, but one fleshA husband and wife **no longer** being **two** but instead being **one flesh** is metaphor to illustrate a husband and wifes close union as a couple. If your readers would not understand what this means you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or clarify this using plain language. Alternate translation: “the two people are like one person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
722MRK109ty4efigs-explicitὃ οὖν ὁ Θεὸς συνέζευξεν, ἄνθρωπος μὴ χωριζέτω1Therefore what God joined together, let man not separateThe phrase **what God joined together** refers to any married couple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Therefore since God has joined together husband and wife, let no one tear them apart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
723MRK109pty4figs-gendernotationsἄνθρωπος μὴ χωριζέτω1Here, although the term **man** is masculine, it is used in a generic sense to refer to any person, male or female. If it would help your readers you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “should not be separated by any person” or “let people not separate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
724MRK1010l8fufigs-explicitπερὶ τούτου ἐπηρώτων αὐτόν1asked him about thisThe word **this** refers to the conversation that Jesus had just had with the Pharisees about divorce. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “asked Jesus about the conversation he had just had with the Pharisees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
725MRK1011i5kpὃς ἂν1WhoeverAlternate translation: “Anyone who”
726MRK1012sn1mfigs-explicitμοιχᾶται1she commits adulteryHere, the phrase **she commits adultery** means that a woman who divorces her husband and marries another man commits adultery against her previous husband. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “she commits adultery against the first man she married” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
727MRK1013zx1fwriting-neweventκαὶ1And they were bringingHere, the word **And** introduces a new event. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “And it happened that” or “After this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
728MRK1013nmw7figs-explicitπροσέφερον1Here, **they** refers to people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
729MRK1013pk8afigs-explicitαὐτῶν ἅψηται1he might touch themHere, **he might touch them** means that Jesus would lay his hands on the children and bless them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he might touch them with his hands and bless them” or “Jesus might lay his hands on them and bless them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
730MRK1014yi5mfigs-doubletἄφετε τὰ παιδία ἔρχεσθαι πρός με, καὶ μὴ κωλύετε αὐτά1Permit the little children to come to me, and do not prevent themThe phrase **Permit the little children to come to me** and the phrase **do not prevent them** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used for emphasis. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “Be sure to allow the little children to come to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
731MRK1014qj7ifigs-doublenegativesμὴ κωλύετε1do not preventIf the double negative **do not prevent** would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “allow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
732MRK1015y3a2ὃς ἂν μὴ δέξηται τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ ὡς παιδίον, οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθῃ εἰς αὐτήν1whoever might not receive the kingdom of God as a little child may certainly not enter into itAlternate translation: “if anyone will not receive the kingdom of God as a little child, that person will definitely not enter it”
733MRK1015a1e7figs-simileὡς παιδίον1as a little childThe point of the comparison **as a little child** is that Jesus is comparing how people must receive the kingdom of God to how little children would receive things. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “with humble faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
734MRK1015q3ckfigs-explicitοὐ μὴ εἰσέλθῃ εἰς αὐτήν1may certainly not enter into itHere, the word **it** refers to the kingdom of God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “will certainly not enter the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
735MRK1016jq4fἐναγκαλισάμενος αὐτὰ1having taken them into his armsAlternate translation: “embracing the children in his arms”
736MRK1017fpp6figs-metaphorἵνα ζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσω1in order that I might inherit everlasting lifeHere, the word **inherit** means “be given” or “receive” and is being used metaphorically to mean “receive eternal life” or “be given eternal.” If your readers would not understand what it means to “inherit eternal life” in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “in order to receive eternal life” or “in order to obtain eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
737MRK1017h45ifigs-abstractnounsζωὴν1If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **life**, you could express the idea behind **life** by using a verbal form like “live.” Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
738MRK1018lw1ffigs-rquestionτί με λέγεις ἀγαθόν?1Why are you calling me good?Jesus question “Why are you calling me good” is a rhetorical question which Jesus is asks in order to make a point. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate Jesus words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You do not understand what you are saying when you call me good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
739MRK1018uwt6τί με λέγεις ἀγαθόν? οὐδεὶς ἀγαθὸς, εἰ μὴ εἷς ὁ Θεός1By saying, **Why are you calling me good? No one {is} good except God alone**, Jesus is asking the man a rhetorical question in order to make a point. The Bible clearly teaches that Jesus is God and Jesus affirms elsewhere that he believes that he is God. Make sure that your translation does not portray Jesus as denying his own moral perfection or divinity here.
740MRK1018gyodτί με λέγεις ἀγαθόν? οὐδεὶς ἀγαθὸς, εἰ μὴ εἷς ὁ Θεός1By saying, **Why are you calling me good? No one {is} good except God alone**, Jesus is correcting the mans misunderstanding regarding eternal life and what it takes to please God. In the previous verse, the man called Jesus “Good Teacher” thinking that Jesus was a good man but not knowing that Jesus was God. In this verse, Jesus redirects the mans focus away from people and towards God. As evidenced by the mans question to Jesus in the previous verse, the man thinks that in order to merit Gods approval and “inherit eternal life” a person simply needs to know the right things to do and do them. Jesus words in this verse are meant to correct the mans thinking and show the man that only God is fully good and that to please God a person must focus on God and put their trust in Gods charachter.
741MRK1019hj3vμὴ ψευδομαρτυρήσῃς1do not testify falselyAlternate translation: “do not testify falsely against anyone” or “do not lie about someone in court”
742MRK1021syq1figs-metaphorἕν σε ὑστερεῖ1One thing you are lacking“There is one thing you are missing.” Here, **lacking** is a metaphor for needing to do something. Alternate translation: “One thing you need to do” or “There is one thing you have not yet done” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
743MRK1021rd85figs-metonymyδὸς τοῖς πτωχοῖς1give it to the poorHere the word **it** refers to the things he sells and is a metonym for the money he receives when he sells them. Alternate translation: “give the money to the poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
744MRK1021ux1lfigs-nominaladjτοῖς πτωχοῖς1to the poorThis refers to **poor** people. Alternate translation: “to poor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
745MRK1021iij4θησαυρὸν1treasurewealth, valuable things
746MRK1022v58fἔχων κτήματα πολλά1one having many possessions“someone who owned many things”
747MRK1023k5nkπῶς δυσκόλως1How difficult it is“It is very difficult”
748MRK1024z9z1ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς πάλιν ἀποκριθεὶς λέγει αὐτοῖς1but again answering, Jesus says to them“but Jesus said to his disciples again”
749MRK1024fh1qfigs-metaphorτέκνα, πῶς1Children, how“My children, how.” Jesus is teaching them as a father would teach his **children**. Alternate translation: “My friends, how” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
750MRK1024jf83πῶς δύσκολόν ἐστιν1how hard it is“it is very hard”
751MRK1025f15kfigs-hyperboleεὐκοπώτερόν ἐστιν κάμηλον διὰ τρυμαλιᾶς ῥαφίδος διελθεῖν, ἢ πλούσιον εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰσελθεῖν1It is easier for a camel to pass through the eye of a needle than for a rich person to enter into the kingdom of GodJesus uses an exaggeration to emphasize how very difficult it is for **rich** people to get into **the kingdom of God**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
752MRK1025hl4sfigs-hypoεὐκοπώτερόν ἐστιν κάμηλον1It is easier for a camelThis speaks of an impossible situation. If you cannot state this in this way in your language, it can be written as a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “It would be easier for a camel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
753MRK1025t4y8τρυμαλιᾶς ῥαφίδος1the eye of a needle“the hole of a needle.” This refers to the small hole in the end of a sewing **needle** that thread passes through.
754MRK1026ly6bοἱ δὲ περισσῶς ἐξεπλήσσοντο1But they were greatly astonished“But the disciples were very astonished”
755MRK1026q8b7figs-rquestionκαὶ τίς δύναται σωθῆναι?1And who is able to be saved?This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “If that is so, then no one will be saved!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
756MRK1027a7bifigs-ellipsisπαρὰ ἀνθρώποις ἀδύνατον, ἀλλ’ οὐ παρὰ Θεῷ1With men it is impossible, but not with GodThe understood information may be supplied. Alternate translation: “It is impossible for people to save themselves, but God can save them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
757MRK1028hcv3ἰδοὺ1Behold**Behold** is used here to draw attention to the words that come next.
758MRK1028cj3fἀφήκαμεν πάντα1have left everything“have left everything behind”
759MRK1029zhx5figs-litotesοὐδείς ἐστιν ὃς ἀφῆκεν1there is no one who has leftThe phrase **there is no one who has left** is a litotes. Jesus uses it to emphasize that every single person who leaves things for Jesus sake will receive the rewards that he lists in the next verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
760MRK1029m1w3ἢ ἀγροὺς1or lands“or plots of ground” or “or the land that he owns”
761MRK1029hr9yἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ1for my sake“for my cause” or “for me”
762MRK1029pf2gτοῦ εὐαγγελίου1for the gospel“to proclaim the gospel”
763MRK1030sjhgfigs-doublenegativesἐὰν μὴ λάβῃ1who may not receiveJesus finishes a sentence that begins with the words **there is no one who has left** (verse 29). You can state the whole sentence positively. “everyone who has left house, or brothers, or sisters, or mother, or father, or children, or lands, for my sake, and for the gospel, will receive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
764MRK1030heb4ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τούτῳ1in this time“in this life” or “in this present age”
765MRK1030jev2ἀδελφοὺς, καὶ ἀδελφὰς, καὶ μητέρας, καὶ τέκνα1brothers, and sisters, and mothers, and childrenLike the list in verse 29, this describes the family in general. The word “fathers” is missing in verse 30, but it does not significantly change the meaning.
766MRK1030ae92figs-abstractnounsμετὰ διωγμῶν, καὶ ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι τῷ ἐρχομένῳ, ζωὴν αἰώνιον1with persecutions, and in the age that is coming, everlasting lifeThis can be reworded so that the ideas in the abstract noun **persecutions** are expressed with the verb “persecute.” Because the sentence is so long and complicated, “will receive” can be repeated. Alternate translation: “and even though people persecute them, in the world to come, they will receive everlasting life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
767MRK1030v8nrἐν τῷ αἰῶνι τῷ ἐρχομένῳ1in the age that is coming“in the future world” or “in the future”
768MRK1031ym7tfigs-metaphorἔσονται πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι, καὶ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι1who are first will be last, and the last firstHere the words **first** and **last** are opposites of one another. Jesus speaks of being the “important” as being “first” and of being the “unimportant” as being “last.” Alternate translation: “are important will be unimportant, and those who are unimportant will be important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
769MRK1031xcj1figs-nominaladjἔσχατοι πρῶτοι1the last firstThe phrase **the last** refers to people who are “last.” Also, the understood verb in this clause may be supplied. Alternate translation: “those who are last, first” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
770MRK1031mo59figs-ellipsisἔσχατοι πρῶτοι1the last firstThe understood verb in this clause may be supplied. Alternate translation: “those who are last will be first” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
771MRK1032zc62ἦσαν δὲ ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ ἀναβαίνοντες εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα, καὶ ἦν προάγων αὐτοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς1And they were on the road, going up to Jerusalem, and Jesus was going ahead of them“And Jesus and his disciples were walking on the road, on the way up to Jerusalem, and Jesus was in front of his disciples”
772MRK1032hq7yοἱ…ἀκολουθοῦντες1those who are following behind“those who were following behind them.” Some people were walking behind Jesus and his disciples.
773MRK1033pv4wἰδοὺ1Behold“Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
774MRK1033s1hpfigs-explicitὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδοθήσεται1the Son of Man will be deliveredJesus is speaking about himself. You can state this clearly. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
775MRK1033ha2gfigs-activepassiveὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδοθήσεται1the Son of Man will be deliveredYou can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “someone will deliver the Son of Man” or “they will hand the Son of Man over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
776MRK1033zhf1κατακρινοῦσιν1they will condemnThe word **they** refers to the chief priests and the scribes.
777MRK1033ils2παραδώσουσιν αὐτὸν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν1deliver him to the Gentiles“put him under the control of the Gentiles”
778MRK1034ccd3ἐμπαίξουσιν1they will mock“people will mock”
779MRK1034xv2gfigs-explicitἀναστήσεται1he will riseThis refers to rising from the dead. Alternate translation: “he will rise from being dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
780MRK1035li9kfigs-exclusiveθέλομεν…αἰτήσωμέν…ἡμῖν1we desire … for us … we may askThe words **we** and **us** refer only to James and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
781MRK1037bb98figs-metonymyἐν τῇ δόξῃ σου1in your glory“when you are glorified.” The phrase **in your glory** refers to when Jesus is glorified and rules over his kingdom. Alternate translation: “when you rule in your kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
782MRK1038v1bfοὐκ οἴδατε1You do not know“You do not understand”
783MRK1038yvu8figs-metaphorπιεῖν τὸ ποτήριον ὃ ἐγὼ πίνω1to drink the cup which I am drinkingHere, **cup** refers to what Jesus must suffer. Suffering is often referred to as drinking from a cup. Alternate translation: “drink the cup of suffering that I will drink” or “drink from the cup of suffering that I will drink from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
784MRK1038pd7lfigs-metaphorτὸ βάπτισμα ὃ ἐγὼ βαπτίζομαι βαπτισθῆναι1to be baptized with the baptism with which I am being baptizedHere, **baptism** and **being baptized** represent suffering. Just as water covers a person during baptism, suffering will overwhelm Jesus. Alternate translation: “to endure the baptism of suffering which I will suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
785MRK1039r3pmfigs-ellipsisδυνάμεθα1We are ableThey respond this way, meaning that they **are able** to drink the same cup and endure the same baptism. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
786MRK1039hc1gπίεσθε1you will drink“you will drink as well”
787MRK1040ig8fτὸ δὲ καθίσαι ἐκ δεξιῶν μου ἢ ἐξ εὐωνύμων, οὐκ ἔστιν ἐμὸν δοῦναι1But to sit at my right hand or at my left hand is not mine to give“But I am not the one who allows people to sit at my right hand or my left hand”
788MRK1040pdc1ἀλλ’ οἷς ἡτοίμασται1but it is for those for whom it has been prepared“but those places are for those for whom they have been prepared.” The word **it** refers to the places to his right hand and to his left hand.
789MRK1040eu9vfigs-activepassiveἡτοίμασται1it has been preparedYou can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God has prepared it” or “God has prepared them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
790MRK1041ad19ἀκούσαντες,1When heard about thisThe word **this** refers to James and John asking to sit at Jesus right and left hands.
791MRK1042sbk8προσκαλεσάμενος αὐτοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς1having summoned them, Jesus“after Jesus called his disciples, he”
792MRK1042sfs9figs-activepassiveοἱ δοκοῦντες ἄρχειν τῶν ἐθνῶν1that those who are considered rulers of the GentilesYou can state this in active form. This could mean: (1) the people in general consider these people the rulers of the Gentiles. Alternate translation: “that those whom people consider to be the rulers of the Gentiles.” (2) the Gentiles consider these people their rulers. Alternate translation: “that those whom the Gentiles think of as their rulers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
793MRK1042hme7κατακυριεύουσιν1lord it overhave control or power over
794MRK1042zfr3κατεξουσιάζουσιν1exercise authority over“flaunt their authority over.” This means that they show or use their authority in an overbearing way.
795MRK1043zfz6figs-explicitοὐχ οὕτως δέ ἐστιν ἐν ὑμῖν1But it is not this way among youThis refers back to the previous verse about the Gentile rulers. You can state this clearly. Alternate translation: “But do not be like them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
796MRK1043fc3mμέγας γενέσθαι1to become great“to be highly respected”
797MRK1044e7snfigs-metaphorεἶναι πρῶτος1to be firstThis is a metaphor for being the most important. Alternate translation: “to be the most important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
798MRK1045a3frfigs-activepassiveκαὶ γὰρ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου οὐκ ἦλθεν διακονηθῆναι1For even the Son of Man did not come to be servedYou can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “For even the Son of Man did not come to have people serve him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
799MRK1045rik1διακονηθῆναι, ἀλλὰ διακονῆσαι1to be served, but to serve“to be served by people, but to serve people”
800MRK1045d9jdἀντὶ πολλῶν1in exchange for many“in the place of many people”
801MRK1046n4i30Connecting Statement:As Jesus and his disciples continue walking toward Jerusalem, Jesus heals blind Bartimaeus, who then walks with them.
802MRK1046bq3jtranslate-namesὁ υἱὸς Τιμαίου, Βαρτιμαῖος, τυφλὸς προσαίτης1Bartimaeus, a blind beggar, son of Timaeus“a blind beggar named Bartimaeus, the son of Timaeus.” **Bartimaeus** is the name of a man. **Timaeus** is his fathers name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
803MRK1047ynr7figs-ellipsisἀκούσας ὅτι Ἰησοῦς…ἐστιν1having heard that it was JesusBartimaeus **heard** people saying **that it was Jesus**. Alternate translation: “when he heard people saying that it was Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
804MRK1047vwz9figs-explicitΥἱὲ Δαυεὶδ1Son of DavidJesus is called the Son of David because he is a descendant of King David. Alternate translation: “You who are the Messiah descended from King David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
805MRK1048ca5uἐπετίμων…πολλοὶ1many were rebuking“many people rebuked”
806MRK1048m32uπολλῷ μᾶλλον1much more“even more”
807MRK1049t5chfigs-quotationsεἶπεν, φωνήσατε αὐτόν1said, “Call him.”You can translate this as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “commanded others to call him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
808MRK1049ac7hφωνοῦσι1they callThe word **they** refers to the crowd.
809MRK1049jvr1θάρσει1Take courage!“Have courage” or “Do not be afraid”
810MRK1049gnb9φωνεῖ σε1He is calling you“Jesus is calling for you”
811MRK1050z6ecἀναπηδήσας1having sprung up“having jumped up”
812MRK1051i5anἀποκριθεὶς αὐτῷ1answering him“answering the blind man”
813MRK1051dap1ἀναβλέψω1I might receive my sight“I would be able to see”
814MRK1052s5d2figs-explicitἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε1Your faith has healed youThis phrase is written this way to place emphasis on the mans **faith**. Jesus heals the man because he believes that Jesus can heal him. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “I am healing you because you believed in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
815MRK1052ub7wἠκολούθει αὐτῷ1he was following him“he followed Jesus”
816MRK11introxg3t0# Mark 11 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 11:9-10, 17, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The donkey and the colt<br><br>Jesus rode into Jerusalem on an animal. In this way he was like a king who came into a city after he had won an important battle. Also, the kings of Israel in the Old Testament rode on a donkeys. Other kings rode on horses. So Jesus was showing that he was the king of Israel and that he was not like other kings.<br><br>Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about this event. Matthew and Mark wrote that the disciples brought Jesus a donkey. John wrote that Jesus found a donkey. Luke wrote that they brought him a colt. Only Matthew wrote that there were both a donkey had a colt. No one knows for sure whether Jesus rode the donkey or the colt. It is best to translate each of these accounts as it appears in the ULT without trying to make them all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 21:1-7](../mat/21/01.md) and [Mark 11:1-7](../mrk/11/01.md) and [Luke 19:29-36](../luk/19/29.md) and [John 12:14-15](../jhn/12/14.md))
817MRK111ch4jκαὶ ὅτε ἐγγίζουσιν εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα, εἰς Βηθφαγὴ καὶ Βηθανίαν πρὸς τὸ Ὄρος τῶν Ἐλαιῶν1And when they come to Jerusalem, to Bethphage and Bethany, to the Mount of Olives“And when Jesus and his disciples came near to Jerusalem, they came to Bethphage and Bethany near the Mount of Olives” They had come to **Bethphage and Bethany** in the vicinity of **Jerusalem**.
818MRK111g1fytranslate-namesΒηθφαγὴ1BethphageThis is the name of a village. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
819MRK112bi22τὴν κατέναντι ὑμῶν1opposite us“ahead of us”
820MRK112r41gπῶλον1a coltThis refers to a young donkey that is large enough to carry a man.
821MRK112yw78figs-activepassiveἐφ’ ὃν οὐδεὶς ἀνθρώπων οὔπω ἐκάθισεν1on which no man has yet satThis can be written in active form. Alternate translation: “that no one has ever ridden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
822MRK113xw55figs-explicitτί ποιεῖτε τοῦτο?1Why are you doing this?It can be written clearly what the word **this** refers to. Alternate translation: “Why are you untying and taking the colt?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
823MRK113k7fdαὐτοῦ χρείαν ἔχει1has need of it“needs it”
824MRK113yj5yfigs-explicitεὐθὺς αὐτὸν ἀποστέλλει πάλιν ὧδε1immediately he sends it back hereJesus will send it back promptly when he is finished using it. Alternate translation: “will immediately send it back when he no longer needs it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
825MRK114y381ἀπῆλθον1they went away“the two disciples went away”
826MRK114i2mlπῶλον1a coltThis refers to a young donkey that is large enough to carry a man. See how you translated this in [Mark 11:2](../11/02.md).
827MRK116j39zοἱ…εἶπον1they spoke“they responded”
828MRK116ij7yκαθὼς εἶπεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς1just as Jesus told them“just as Jesus had told them to respond.” This refers to how **Jesus** had **told them** to respond to peoples questions about taking the colt.
829MRK116m8pmfigs-idiomἀφῆκαν αὐτούς1they gave them permissionThis means that they allowed them to continue doing what they were doing. Alternate translation: “they let them take the donkey with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
830MRK117ice6ἐπιβάλλουσιν αὐτῷ τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν, καὶ ἐκάθισεν ἐπ’ αὐτόν1throw their cloaks on it, and he sat on it“laid their cloaks on its back so Jesus could ride it.” It is easier to ride a colt or a horse when there is a blanket or something similar on its back. In this case, the disciples threw **their cloaks** on it.
831MRK117k9g7τὰ ἱμάτια1cloaks“coats” or “robes”
832MRK118t8hyfigs-explicitπολλοὶ τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν ἔστρωσαν εἰς τὴν ὁδόν1many spread their cloaks on the roadIt was a tradition to lay garments on **the road** in front of important people to honor them. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “many people spread their garments on the road to honor him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
833MRK118nx3nfigs-explicitἄλλοι δὲ στιβάδας κόψαντες ἐκ τῶν ἀγρῶν1and others, branches having been cut from the fieldsIt was a tradition to lay palm **branches** on the road in front of an important people to honor them. Alternate translation: “and others spread branches on the road that they had cut from the fields, also to honor him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
834MRK119ye41οἱ ἀκολουθοῦντες1those following“those who followed Jesus”
835MRK119d8setranslate-transliterateὡσαννά1HosannaThis word means “save us,” but people also shouted it joyfully when they wanted to praise God. You can translate it according to how it was used, or you can write **Hosanna** using your languages way of spelling that word. Alternate translation: “Praise God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
836MRK119x1bzfigs-explicitεὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος1Blessed is the one who comesThis is referring to Jesus. You can state this clearly. Alternate translation: “Blessed are you, the one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
837MRK119e2p6figs-metonymyἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου1in the name of the LordThis is a metonym for the Lords authority. Alternate translation: “with the authority of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
838MRK119el81εὐλογημένος1Blessed is“May God bless”
839MRK1110a6b4figs-explicitεὐλογημένη ἡ ἐρχομένη βασιλεία τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν, Δαυείδ1Blessed is the coming kingdom of our father David“Blessed is our father Davids coming kingdom.” This refers to Jesus **coming** and ruling as king. Alternate translation: “Blessed be the coming of your kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
840MRK1110kkfofigs-activepassiveεὐλογημένη ἡ ἐρχομένη βασιλεία τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν, Δαυείδ1Blessed is the coming kingdom of our father DavidThe word **blessed** can be translated as an active verb. Alternate translation: “May God bless you as you rule your coming kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
841MRK1110diq8figs-metonymyτοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν, Δαυείδ1of our father DavidHere Davids descendant who will rule is referred to as **David** himself. Alternate translation: “of the greatest descendant of our father David” or “that Davids greatest descendant will rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
842MRK1110b1siὡσαννὰ ἐν τοῖς ὑψίστοις1Hosanna in the highestThis could mean: (1) they should praise God who is in heaven. (2) those who are in heaven should shout Hosanna.
843MRK1110vqm2figs-metaphorτοῖς ὑψίστοις1the highestHere heaven is spoken of as **the highest**. Alternate translation: “the highest heaven” or “heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
844MRK1111mz8rὀψίας ἤδη οὔσης τῆς ὥρας1the hour already being late“because it was already late in the day”
845MRK1111t5nvἐξῆλθεν εἰς Βηθανίαν μετὰ τῶν δώδεκα1he went out to Bethany with the Twelve“he and his twelve disciples left Jerusalem and went to Bethany”
846MRK1112zr8nἐξελθόντων αὐτῶν ἀπὸ Βηθανίας1when they had returned from Bethany“while they were going back to Jerusalem from Bethany”
847MRK1113y4470Connecting Statement:This happens while Jesus and his disciples are walking to Jerusalem.
848MRK1113yg5nεἰ ἄρα τι εὑρήσει ἐν αὐτῇ1if perhaps he could find anything on it“looking to see if there was any fruit on it”
849MRK1113j6cqfigs-litotesοὐδὲν εὗρεν εἰ μὴ φύλλα1he found nothing except leavesMark is using a negative expressions to emphasize that there were only leaves on the tree. Alternate translation: “he found only leaves on the tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
850MRK1113vy09figs-explicitοὐδὲν εὗρεν εἰ μὴ φύλλα1he found nothing except leavesThis means that he did not find any figs. Alternate translation: “he did not find any figs at all on the tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
851MRK1113g76zὁ…καιρὸς1the season“the time of year”
852MRK1114u3bkfigs-apostropheεἶπεν αὐτῇ, μηκέτι εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, ἐκ σοῦ μηδεὶς καρπὸν φάγοι1he said to it, “No one will ever eat fruit from you again.”Jesus speaks to the fig tree and curses it. He speaks to it so that his disciples hear him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
853MRK1114b362εἶπεν αὐτῇ1he said to it“he spoke to the tree”
854MRK1114ij5hἤκουον οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ1his disciples heard itThe word **it** refers to Jesus speaking to the fig tree.
855MRK1115hj7zἔρχονται1coming“Jesus and his disciples came”
856MRK1115md5lfigs-explicitἤρξατο ἐκβάλλειν τοὺς πωλοῦντας καὶ τοὺς ἀγοράζοντας ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ1he began to cast out those selling and those buying in the templeJesus is forcing these people out of **the temple**. This can be written clearly. Alternate translation: “he began to drive the sellers and buyers out of the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
857MRK1115s4m2τοὺς πωλοῦντας καὶ τοὺς ἀγοράζοντας1those selling and those buying“the people who were buying and selling”
858MRK1117ve560General Information:God had said earlier in his word, through the prophet Isaiah, that his temple would be a house of prayer for all the nations.
859MRK1117xrz2figs-rquestionοὐ γέγραπται, ὅτι ὁ οἶκός μου, οἶκος προσευχῆς κληθήσεται πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν?1Is it not written, My house will be called a house of prayer for all the nations?Jesus is rebuking the Jewish leaders for their misuse of the temple. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “It is written in the scriptures that God said, I want my house to be called a house where people from all nations may pray.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
860MRK1117dpt1figs-metaphorὑμεῖς δὲ ἐποιήσατε αὐτὸν σπήλαιον λῃστῶν1But you have made it a den of robbersJesus compares the people to **robbers** and the temple to a robbers **den**. Alternate translation: “But you are like robbers who have made my house into a robbers den” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
861MRK1117qc6kσπήλαιον λῃστῶν1a den of robbers“a cave where robbers hide”
862MRK1118k6dvἐζήτουν πῶς1they were seeking a way“they were looking for a way”
863MRK1119h4hgὅταν ὀψὲ ἐγένετο1when evening came“in the evening”
864MRK1119y7laἐξεπορεύοντο ἔξω τῆς πόλεως1they were departing from the city“Jesus and his disciples left the city”
865MRK1120m27r0Connecting Statement:Jesus uses the example of the fig tree to remind the disciples to have faith in God.
866MRK1120b56hπαραπορευόμενοι1passing by“walking along the road”
867MRK1120s8kifigs-explicitτὴν συκῆν ἐξηραμμένην ἐκ ῥιζῶν1the fig tree had been withered from its rootsTranslate this statement to clarify that the **tree** died. Alternate translation: “the fig tree had withered away down to its roots and died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
868MRK1120a83vἐξηραμμένην1had been withered“had dried up”
869MRK1121jt3hfigs-explicitἀναμνησθεὶς ὁ Πέτρος1having remembered, PeterIt may be helpful to state what **Peter** **remembered**. Alternate translation: “Peter, remembering what Jesus had said to the fig tree,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
870MRK1122ry5vἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς λέγει αὐτοῖς1answering, Jesus says to them“Jesus replied to his disciples”
871MRK1123sy61ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν1Truly I say to you“I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
872MRK1123c3cjὃς ἂν εἴπῃ1whoever might say“if anyone says”
873MRK1123y76pfigs-metonymyμὴ διακριθῇ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ πιστεύῃ1may not doubt in his heart, but may believeHere, **heart** is a metonym for a persons mind or inner being. Alternate translation: “if he truly believes in his heart” or “if he does not doubt but believes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
874MRK1123fzp5ἔσται αὐτῷ1it will be for him“God will make it happen”
875MRK1124pn9xgrammar-connect-words-phrasesδιὰ τοῦτο λέγω ὑμῖν1Because of this, I say to you“So I tell you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
876MRK1124tu5zfigs-explicitἔσται ὑμῖν1it will be yoursIt is understood that this will happen because God will provide what you ask for. You can state this clearly. Alternate translation: “God will give it to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
877MRK1125m7xiὅταν στήκετε προσευχόμενοι1when you stand prayingIt is common in Hebrew culture to **stand** when **praying** to God. Alternate translation: “when you pray”
878MRK1125f6exεἴ τι ἔχετε κατά τινος1if you have something against anyone“whatever grudge you have against anyone.” Here the word **something** refers to any grudge you hold **against** someone for sinning against you or any anger you have against someone.
879MRK1127n3ei0Connecting Statement:The next day when Jesus returns to temple, he gives the chief priests, scribes, and elders an answer to their question about his casting the money changers out of the temple area, by asking them another question, which they were not willing to answer.
880MRK1127s2acἔρχονται…εἰς1they come to“Jesus and his disciples came to”
881MRK1127alh5ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ περιπατοῦντος αὐτοῦ1as he is walking around in the templeThis means that Jesus was walking around inside of the temple courtyard; he was not walking into the temple.
882MRK1128r3ikἔλεγον αὐτῷ1they were saying to himThe word **they** refers to the chief priests, the scribes, and the elders.
883MRK1128se9bfigs-parallelismἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιεῖς? ἢ, τίς σοι ἔδωκεν τὴν ἐξουσίαν ταύτην, ἵνα ταῦτα ποιῇς?1By what authority do you do these things, and who gave you this authority, so that you might do them?This could mean: (1) both of these questions have the same meaning and are asked together to strongly question Jesus authority and so can be combined. Alternate translation: “Who gave you authority to do these things?” (2) these are two separate questions, the first asking about the nature of the authority and the second about who gave it to him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
884MRK1128p5u3figs-explicitταῦτα1these thingsThe words **these things** refer to Jesus turning over the sellers tables in the temple and speaking against what the chief priests and scribes taught. Alternate translation: “things like those you did here yesterday” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
885MRK1130jj91τὸ βάπτισμα τὸ Ἰωάννου1The baptism of John“The baptism that John performed”
886MRK1130fr1bἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἦν ἢ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων1was it from heaven or from men“was it authorized by heaven or by men”
887MRK1130sh7bfigs-metonymyἐξ οὐρανοῦ1from heavenHere, **heaven** refers to God. Alternate translation: “from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
888MRK1130i5isἐξ ἀνθρώπων1from men“from people”
889MRK1131s9vvfigs-ellipsisἐὰν εἴπωμεν, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ1If we would say, From heaven,This refers to the source of the baptism of John. Alternate translation: “If we say, It was from heaven,’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
890MRK1131nu1mfigs-metonymyἐξ οὐρανοῦ1From heavenHere, **heaven** refers to God. See how you translated this in [Mark 11:30](../11/30.md). Alternate translation: “From God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
891MRK1131t9erοὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ1did you not believe himThe word **him** refers to John the Baptist.
892MRK1132aus1figs-ellipsisἀλλὰ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων1But we might say, From men,This refers to the source of the baptism of John. Alternate translation: “But if we say, It was from men,’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
893MRK1132v2gsἐξ ἀνθρώπων1From men“From people”
894MRK1132b5qbfigs-explicitἀλλὰ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων?1But we might say, From men,’…The religious leaders imply that they will suffer from the people if they give this answer. Alternate translation: “But we do not want to say that it was from men or the crowd may attack us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
895MRK1132z93ufigs-ellipsisἀλλὰ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων?1But we might say, From men,’…The religious leaders do not finish their statement, since they all understood what would happen if they said Johns baptism was not from God. Alternate translation: “But if we say, From men, that would not be good.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
896MRK1132z998figs-explicitἐφοβοῦντο τὸν ὄχλον1They were afraid of the crowdThe author, Mark, explains why the religious leaders did not want to say that Johns baptism was from men. You can state this clearly. “They said this to each other because they were afraid of the people” or “They did not want to say that Johns baptism was from men because they were afraid of the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
897MRK1133us4afigs-ellipsisοὐκ οἴδαμεν1We do not knowThis refers to the baptism of John. This understood information may be supplied. Alternate translation: “We do not know where the baptism of John came from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
898MRK12introne550# Mark 12 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:10-11, 36, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Hypothetical Situations<br><br>Hypothetical situations are situations that have not actually happened. People describe these situations so they learn what their hearers think is good and bad or right and wrong. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
899MRK121w2hbfigs-parables0Connecting Statement:Jesus speaks this parable against the chief priests, the scribes, and the elders. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
900MRK121qa93καὶ ἤρξατο αὐτοῖς ἐν παραβολαῖς λαλεῖν1Then Jesus began to speak to them in parablesThe word **them** here refers to the chief priests, the scribes, and the elders to whom Jesus had been talking in the previous chapter.
901MRK121qap8περιέθηκεν φραγμὸν1put a hedge around itHe put a barrier around the vineyard. It could have been a row of shrubs, a fence, or a stone wall.
902MRK121ns9efigs-explicitὤρυξεν ὑπολήνιον1dug a pit for a winepressThis means that he carved a pit on the rock, which would be the bottom part of the winepress used for collecting the squeezed grape juice. Alternate translation: “carved a pit into rock for the winepress” or “he made a vat to collect the juice from the winepress” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
903MRK121l2i2ἐξέδετο αὐτὸν γεωργοῖς1leased the vineyard to vine growersThe owner still owned the vineyard, but he allowed the vine growers to take care of it. When the grapes became ripe, they were to give some of them to the owner and keep the rest.
904MRK122s83vfigs-explicitτῷ καιρῷ1at the seasonThis refers to the time of harvest. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: “when the time came to harvest the grapes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
905MRK123vz7kκαὶ λαβόντες αὐτὸν1But having seized him“But after the vine growers grabbed the slave”
906MRK123c321figs-explicitκενόν1with nothingThis means that they did not give him any of the fruit. Alternate translation: “without any grapes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
907MRK124f3f4ἀπέστειλεν πρὸς αὐτοὺς1he sent to them“the owner of the vineyard sent to the vine growers”
908MRK124w1gefigs-explicitκἀκεῖνον ἐκεφαλίωσαν1and that one, they wounded in the headThis can be written more clearly. Alternate translation: “and they beat that one on the head, and they hurt him terribly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
909MRK125l1ywfigs-ellipsisἄλλον…κἀκεῖνον ἀπέκτειναν; καὶ πολλοὺς ἄλλους1another, and that one they killed, and many othersThese phrases refer to other slaves. Alternate translation: “yet another slave, and they killed him, and many other slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
910MRK126z5hzfigs-explicitυἱὸν ἀγαπητόν1a beloved sonIt is implied that this is the owners **son**. Alternate translation: “his beloved son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
911MRK127m63efigs-explicitὁ κληρονόμος1the heirThis is the owners **heir**, who would inherit the vineyard after his father died. Alternate translation: “the owners heir” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
912MRK127s5dcfigs-synecdocheἡ κληρονομία1the inheritanceThe tenants are referring to the vineyard as **the inheritance**. Alternate translation: “this vineyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
913MRK128gx6lλαβόντες1having seized him“after the vine growers seized the son”
914MRK129r4mdfigs-rquestionτί οὖν ποιήσει ὁ κύριος τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος?1Therefore, what will the lord of the vineyard do?Jesus asks a question and then gives the answer to teach the people. The question may be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “So I will tell you what the owner of the vineyard will do.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
915MRK129rde6grammar-connect-words-phrasesοὖν1ThereforeJesus has finished telling the parable and is now asking the people what they think will happen next. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
916MRK129g4ceἀπολέσει1destroykill
917MRK129mc5yfigs-explicitδώσει τὸν ἀμπελῶνα ἄλλοις1will give the vineyard to othersThe word **others** refers to other vine growers who will care for the vineyard. Alternate translation: “he will give the vineyard to other vine growers to care for it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
918MRK1210v6ta0General Information:This scripture was written long before in Gods word.
919MRK1210xj9jfigs-rquestionοὐδὲ τὴν Γραφὴν ταύτην ἀνέγνωτε:1And have you not read this scripture?Jesus reminds the people of a **scripture** passage. He uses a rhetorical question here to rebuke them. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “And surely you have read this scripture.” or “And you should remember this scripture.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
920MRK1210jpa3ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας1has become the head of the cornerYou can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the Lord made into the cornerstone”
921MRK1211r8z8παρὰ Κυρίου ἐγένετο αὕτη1This came from the Lord“The Lord has done this”
922MRK1211k5w6figs-metaphorἔστιν θαυμαστὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν1it is marvelous in our eyesHere, **in our eyes** stands for seeing, which is a metaphor for the peoples opinion. Alternate translation: “we have seen it and think that it is marvelous” or “we think that it is wonderful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
923MRK1212b1vzἐζήτουν αὐτὸν κρατῆσαι1they were seeking to seize himHere, **they** refers to the chief priests, scribes, and elders. This group may be referred to as “the Jewish leaders.”
924MRK1212sl74ἐζήτουν1they were seeking“they wanted”
925MRK1212lx62figs-explicitκαὶ ἐφοβήθησαν τὸν ὄχλον1but they feared the crowdThey were afraid of what **the crowd** would do to them if they arrested Jesus. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: “but they feared what the crowd would do if they arrested him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
926MRK1212v9wbπρὸς αὐτοὺς1against them“to accuse them”
927MRK1213s1hb0Connecting Statement:In an effort to trap Jesus, some of the Pharisees and Herodians, and then the Sadducees, come to Jesus with questions.
928MRK1213z2sfκαὶ ἀποστέλλουσιν1And they send“Then the Jewish leaders sent”
929MRK1213pj3cτῶν Ἡρῳδιανῶν1the HerodiansThis was the name of an informal political party that supported Herod Antipas.
930MRK1213kuy5figs-metaphorἵνα αὐτὸν ἀγρεύσωσιν1in order to trap himHere the author describes tricking Jesus as “trapping him.” Alternate translation: “to trick him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
931MRK1214dh3dλέγουσιν1they sayHere, **they** refers to those sent from among the Pharisees and the Herodians.
932MRK1214cp3xfigs-litotesοὐ μέλει σοι περὶ οὐδενός1it is not a concern to you about anyoneThe negation can modify the verb. Alternate translation: “you do not care about peoples opinions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
933MRK1214xptcfigs-idiomοὐ μέλει σοι περὶ οὐδενός1it is not a concern to you about anyoneThis is an idiom that means that Jesus does not show favoritism. Alternate translation: “you are not concerned with earning peoples favor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
934MRK1215g48wfigs-explicitὁ…εἰδὼς αὐτῶν τὴν ὑπόκρισιν1he, knowing their hypocrisyThey were acting hypocritically. This can be explained more clearly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, knowing that they did not really want to know what God wanted them to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
935MRK1215c7njfigs-rquestionτί με πειράζετε?1Why do you test me?Jesus rebukes the Jewish leaders because they were trying to trick him. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “I know you are trying to make me say something wrong so you can accuse me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
936MRK1215wl34translate-bmoneyδηνάριον1a denariusThis coin was worth a days wages. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
937MRK1216ev6sοἱ δὲ ἤνεγκαν1And they brought one“So the Pharisees and the Herodians brought a denarius”
938MRK1216wd1nἡ εἰκὼν αὕτη καὶ ἡ ἐπιγραφή1is this likeness and inscription“is this picture and name”
939MRK1216gi96figs-ellipsisοἱ…εἶπαν αὐτῷ, Καίσαρος2they said to him, “Caesars.”Here, **Caesars** refers to his likeness and inscription. Alternate translation: “they said, They are Caesars likeness and inscription” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
940MRK1217fl4lfigs-metonymyτὰ Καίσαρος ἀπόδοτε Καίσαρι1The things of Caesar, give back to CaesarJesus is teaching that his people must respect the government by paying taxes. This figure of speech can be clarified by changing **Caesar** to Roman government. Alternate translation: “Give to the Roman government the things that belong to the Roman government” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
941MRK1217la16figs-ellipsisκαὶ τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ τῷ Θεῷ1and the things of God, to GodThe understood verb may be supplied. Alternate translation: “and give to God the things of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
942MRK1217pw4rfigs-explicitἐξεθαύμαζον ἐπ’ αὐτῷ1they were marveling at himThey were amazed at what Jesus had said. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “they marveled at him and at what he had said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
943MRK1218rdl7figs-explicitοἵτινες λέγουσιν ἀνάστασιν μὴ εἶναι1who say there is no resurrectionThis phrase explains who the Sadducees were. This can be written more clearly. Alternate translation: “who say there is no resurrection from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
944MRK1219e8x2figs-quotationsΜωϋσῆς ἔγραψεν ἡμῖν, ὅτι ἐάν τινος ἀδελφὸς ἀποθάνῃ1Moses wrote to us, If someones brother may dieThe Sadducees are quoting what **Moses** had written in the law. Moses quote can be expressed as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “Moses wrote for us that if a mans brother dies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
945MRK1219m8fhἔγραψεν ἡμῖν1wrote to us“wrote to us Jews.” The Sadducees were a group of Jews. Here they use the word **us** to refer to themselves and all Jews.
946MRK1219g49eλάβῃ ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ τὴν γυναῖκα1his brother should take the wife“the man should marry his brothers wife”
947MRK1219m2umfigs-explicitἐξαναστήσῃ σπέρμα τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ1should raise up offspring to his brother“have a son for his brother.” The mans first son would be considered to be the dead brothers son, and the sons descendants would be considered to be the dead brothers descendants. You can state this clearly. Alternate translation: “should have a son who will be considered to be the dead brothers son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
948MRK1220wz27figs-hypoἑπτὰ ἀδελφοὶ ἦσαν1There were seven brothersThe Sadducees talk about a situation that did not really happen because they want Jesus to tell them what he thinks is right and wrong. Alternate translation: “Suppose there were seven brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
949MRK1220pj71ὁ πρῶτος1the firstthe first brother
950MRK1220af1tὁ πρῶτος ἔλαβεν γυναῖκα1the first took a wife“the first married a woman.” Here marrying a woman is spoken of as “taking” her.
951MRK1221d61gfigs-ellipsisὁ δεύτερος…ὁ τρίτος1the second … the thirdThese numbers refer to each of the brothers and can be expressed as such. Alternate translation: “the second brother … the third brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
952MRK1221na6sὁ δεύτερος ἔλαβεν αὐτήν1the second took her“the second married her.” Here marrying a woman is spoken of as “taking” her.
953MRK1221l1dsfigs-explicitὁ τρίτος ὡσαύτως1the third likewiseIt may be helpful to explain what **likewise** means. Alternate translation: “the third brother married her as his other bothers did, and he also died leaving no children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
954MRK1222wjq8figs-ellipsisοἱ ἑπτὰ1the sevenThis refers to all the brothers. Alternate translation: “the seven brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
955MRK1222l3dgfigs-explicitοἱ ἑπτὰ οὐκ ἀφῆκαν σπέρμα1the seven did not leave offspringEach of the brothers married the woman and then died before he had any children with her. You can state this clearly. Alternate translation: “eventually all seven brothers married that woman one by one, but none of them had any children with her, and one by one they died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
956MRK1223w4wufigs-rquestionἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει, ὅταν ἀναστῶσιν, τίνος αὐτῶν ἔσται γυνή1In the resurrection, when they may rise again, of which of them will she be a wife?The Sadducees are testing Jesus by asking this question. If your readers can only understand this as a request for information, this can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Now tell us whose wife she will be in the resurrection, when they all rise again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
957MRK1224zp2pfigs-rquestionοὐ διὰ τοῦτο πλανᾶσθε, μὴ εἰδότες τὰς Γραφὰς, μηδὲ τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ Θεοῦ?1Are you not being led astray because of this, not knowing the scriptures nor the power of God?Jesus rebukes the Sadducees because they are mistaken about Gods law. This may be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “You are mistaken because you do not know the scriptures nor the power of God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
958MRK1224li2yμὴ εἰδότες τὰς Γραφὰς1not knowing the scripturesThis means that they do not understand what is written in the Old Testament **scriptures**.
959MRK1224i8ilτὴν δύναμιν τοῦ Θεοῦ1the power of God“how powerful God is”
960MRK1225nvh6ὅταν γὰρ…ἀναστῶσιν1For when they may riseHere the word **they** refers to the brothers and the woman from the example.
961MRK1225y8vzfigs-metaphorἀναστῶσιν1they may riseWaking and getting up from sleep is a metaphor for becoming alive after having been dead. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
962MRK1225vh7rἐκ νεκρῶν1from the deadFrom among all those who have died. This expression describes all **dead** people together in the underworld. To rise from among them speaks of becoming alive again.
963MRK1225p5akοὔτε γαμοῦσιν οὔτε γαμίζονται1they neither marry nor are given in marriage“they do not marry, and they are not given in marriage”
964MRK1225h7iifigs-activepassiveγαμίζονται1are given in marriageYou can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “and no one gives them in marriage” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
965MRK1225pi8lτοῖς οὐρανοῖς1the heavensThis refers to the place where God lives.
966MRK1226z36nfigs-activepassiveὅτι ἐγείρονται1that are raisedThis can be expressed with an active verb. Alternate translation: “who rise” or “who rise to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
967MRK1226jc5aτῇ βίβλῳ Μωϋσέως1the book of Moses“the book that Moses wrote”
968MRK1226w2ljfigs-explicitτοῦ βάτου1the bushThis refers to the part of the Book of Moses that tells about when God spoke to Moses out of a **bush** that was burning but that did not burn up. Alternate translation: “the passage about the burning bush” or “the words about the fiery bush” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
969MRK1226si2bτοῦ βάτου1the bushThis refers to a shrub, a woody plant that is smaller than a tree.
970MRK1226y35vπῶς εἶπεν αὐτῷ ὁ Θεὸς1how God spoke to him“about when God spoke to Moses”
971MRK1226re82ἐγὼ ὁ Θεὸς Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰσαὰκ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰακώβ1I am the God of Abraham and the God of Isaac and the God of JacobThis means that **Abraham**, **Isaac**, and **Jacob** worship **God**. These men have died physically, but they are still alive spiritually and still worship God.
972MRK1227dgc9figs-nominaladjΘεὸς νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων1the God of the dead, but of the livingHere, **the dead** refers to people who are dead, and **the living** refers to people who are alive. Alternate translation: “not the God of dead people, but of living people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
973MRK1227v7uifigs-ellipsisΘεὸς νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων1the God of the dead, but of the livingYou can state **the God** clearly in the second phrase. Alternate translation: “not the God of dead people, but the God of living people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
974MRK1227l22eζώντων1of the livingThis includes people who are alive physically and spiritually.
975MRK1227wmz2figs-explicitπολὺ πλανᾶσθε1You are quite being led astrayIt may be helpful to state what they are lead astray about. Alternate translation: “When you say that dead people do not rise again, you are quite mistaken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
976MRK1227sp7xπολὺ πλανᾶσθε1You are quite being led astray“You are completely mistaken” or “You are very wrong”
977MRK1228q1u5ἐπηρώτησεν αὐτόν1he asked him“the scribe asked Jesus”
978MRK1229n74yfigs-nominaladjπρώτη ἐστίν1The first isHere, **The first** refers to the most important commandment. Alternate translation: “The most important commandment is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
979MRK1229mq92ἄκουε, Ἰσραήλ, Κύριος ὁ Θεὸς ἡμῶν Κύριος εἷς ἐστιν1Hear, O Israel, the Lord our God, the Lord is one“Listen, O Israel! The Lord our God is one Lord”
980MRK1230xjngfigs-doubletἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ψυχῆς σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς διανοίας σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ἰσχύος σου1from your whole heart … from your whole soul … from your whole mind … from your whole strengthThese four phrases are used together to mean “completely” or “earnestly.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
981MRK1230q49vfigs-metonymyἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ψυχῆς σου1from your whole heart, and from your whole soulHere, **heart** and “soul” are metonyms for a persons inner being. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
982MRK1231tp6pfigs-simileἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου ὡς σεαυτόν1You will love your neighbor as yourselfJesus uses this simile to compare how people are to love each other with the same love as they love themselves. Alternate translation: “You must love your neighbor as much as you love yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
983MRK1231pyc1τούτων1than theseHere the word **these** refers to the two commandments that Jesus had just told the people.
984MRK1232qqm4καλῶς, Διδάσκαλε1Good, Teacher“Good answer, Teacher” or “Well said, Teacher”
985MRK1232awe3figs-idiomεἷς ἐστιν1he is oneThis means that there is only **one** God. Alternate translation: “there is only one God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
986MRK1232as2jfigs-ellipsisοὐκ ἔστιν ἄλλος1that there is no otherThe word “God” is understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “that there is no other God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
987MRK1233xnq9figs-doubletἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας…ἐξ ὅλης τῆς συνέσεως…ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ἰσχύος1from your whole heart … from your whole understanding … from your whole strengthThese three phrases are used together to mean “completely” or “earnestly.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
988MRK1233k42afigs-metonymyἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας1from your whole heartHere, **heart** is a metonym for persons thoughts, feelings, or inner being. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
989MRK1233tw15figs-simileτὸ ἀγαπᾶν τὸν πλησίον ὡς ἑαυτὸν1to love your neighbor as yourselfThis simile compares how people are **to love** each other with the same love that they love themselves. Alternate translation: “to love your neighbor as much as you love yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
990MRK1233ll9tfigs-idiomπερισσότερόν ἐστιν1is even more thanThis idiom means that something is more important than something else. In this case, these two commandments are more pleasing to God that burnt offering and sacrifices. This may be written clearly. Alternate translation: “is even more important than” or “is even more pleasing to God than” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
991MRK1234b144figs-litotesοὐ μακρὰν εἶ ἀπὸ τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ1You are not far from the kingdom of GodYou can state this in positive form. Alternate translation: “You are very close to the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
992MRK1234is4cfigs-metaphorοὐ μακρὰν εἶ ἀπὸ τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ1You are not far from the kingdom of GodHere Jesus speaks of the man being ready to submit to God as king as being physically close to **the kingdom of God**, as if it where a physical place. Alternate translation: “You are close to submitting to God as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
993MRK1234rgh8figs-litotesοὐδεὶς οὐκέτι ἐτόλμα1no one any longer was daringYou can state this in positive form. Alternate translation: “everyone was afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
994MRK1235ptc8figs-explicitἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἔλεγεν διδάσκων ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ1answering, Jesus, teaching in the temple, saidSome time has passed and Jesus is now in the temple. This is not part of the previous conversation. Alternate translation: “And later, while Jesus was teaching in the temple area, he said to the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
995MRK1235q6e4figs-rquestionπῶς λέγουσιν οἱ γραμματεῖς ὅτι ὁ Χριστὸς, υἱὸς Δαυείδ ἐστιν?1How do the scribes say that the Christ is the son of David?Jesus uses this question to get the people to think deeply about the Psalm he is about to quote. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Consider why the scribes say the Christ is the son of David.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
996MRK1235i6a4υἱὸς Δαυείδ1the son of David“a descendant of David”
997MRK1236e1zqfigs-rpronounsαὐτὸς Δαυεὶδ1David himselfThis word **himself** refers to **David** and is used to place emphasis on him and what he said. Alternate translation: “It was David who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
998MRK1236ejy2figs-idiomἐν τῷ Πνεύματι τῷ ἁγίῳ1in the Holy SpiritThis means that he was inspired by **the Holy Spirit**. That is, the Holy Spirit directed David in what he said. Alternate translation: “inspired by the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
999MRK1236dv7bfigs-explicitεἶπεν…εἶπεν ὁ Κύριος τῷ Κυρίῳ μου1said, The Lord said to my LordHere David calls God **The Lord** and calls the Christ **my Lord**. This can be written more clearly. Alternate translation: “said about the Christ, The Lord God said to my Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1000MRK1236v53ptranslate-symactionκάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου1Sit at my right handJesus is quoting a psalm. Here God is speaking to the Christ. To sit at the **right hand** of God is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: “Sit in the place of honor beside me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1001MRK1236mml8figs-metaphorἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν σου1until I may place your enemies under your feetIn this quote, God speaks of defeating enemies as placing them under his feet. Alternate translation: “until I completely defeat your enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1002MRK1237ka5uλέγει αὐτὸν, Κύριον1calls him Lord,Here the word **him** refers to the Christ.
1003MRK1237rh2tfigs-rquestionκαὶ πόθεν υἱός αὐτοῦ ἐστιν?1and how is he his son?This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “so consider how the Christ can be a descendant of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1004MRK1238z649figs-abstractnounsἀσπασμοὺς ἐν ταῖς ἀγοραῖς1greetings in the marketplacesThe noun **greetings** can be expressed with the verb “greet.” Alternate translation: “for people to greet them in the marketplaces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1005MRK1238k31mfigs-explicitἀσπασμοὺς ἐν ταῖς ἀγοραῖς1greetings in the marketplacesThese greetings showed that the people respected the scribes. Alternate translation: “to be greeted respectfully in the marketplaces” or “for people to greet them respectfully in the marketplaces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1006MRK1240jtw4figs-metaphorοἱ κατεσθίοντες τὰς οἰκίας τῶν χηρῶν1They devour the houses of the widowsHere Jesus describes the scribes cheating of **widows** and stealing of their **houses** as “devouring” their houses. Alternate translation: “They also cheat widows in order to steal their houses from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1007MRK1240j27bfigs-synecdocheτὰς οἰκίας τῶν χηρῶν1the houses of the widowsThe words **widows** and **houses** are synecdoches for helpless people and all of a persons important possessions, respectively. Alternate translation: “everything from helpless people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1008MRK1240qm52figs-activepassiveοὗτοι λήμψονται περισσότερον κρίμα1These will receive greater condemnationYou can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will certainly punish them with greater condemnation” or “God will certainly punish them severely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1009MRK1240h36xfigs-explicitλήμψονται περισσότερον κρίμα1will receive greater condemnationThe word **greater** implies a comparison. Here the comparison is to other men who are punished. Alternate translation: “will receive greater condemnation than other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1010MRK1241r69x0Connecting Statement:Still in the temple area, Jesus comments on the value of the widows offering.
1011MRK1241p2kpτοῦ γαζοφυλακίου1the temple offering boxThis **box**, which everyone could use, was the place into which people gave offerings to the **temple**.
1012MRK1242g6rytranslate-bmoneyλεπτὰ δύο1two mites“two small copper coins.” These were the least valuable coins available. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
1013MRK1242n29eἐστιν κοδράντης1are a quadrans“are worth very little.” A **quadrans** is worth very little. Translate **quadrans** with the name of the smallest coin in your language if you have one that is worth very little.
1014MRK1243ipl1translate-versebridge0General Information:In verse 43 Jesus says that the widow put more money in the offering than the rich people put in, and in verse 44 he tells his reason for saying that. The information can be reordered so that Jesus tells his reason first and then says that the widow put in more, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
1015MRK1243n7suπροσκαλεσάμενος1having called“when Jesus had called”
1016MRK1243q124ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν1Truly I say to youThis indicates that the statement that follows is especially true and important. See how you translated this in [Mark 3:28](../03/28.md).
1017MRK1243n8z5πάντων…τῶν βαλλόντων εἰς1all of those putting into“all the other people who put money into”
1018MRK1244ui9aτοῦ περισσεύοντος1abundancemuch wealth, many valuable things
1019MRK1244l4tpτῆς ὑστερήσεως αὐτῆς1her poverty“her lack” or “the little she had”
1020MRK1244p3asτὸν βίον αὐτῆς1of her livelihood“she had to survive on”
1021MRK13introti7d0# Mark 13 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 13:24-25, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The return of Christ<br><br>Jesus said much about what would happen before he returned ([Mark 13:6-37](./06.md)). He told his followers that bad things would happen to the world and bad things would happen to them before he returned, but they needed to be ready for him to return at any time.
1022MRK131rrv10General Information:As they leave the temple area, Jesus tells his disciples what will happen in the future to the wonderful temple that Herod the Great has built.
1023MRK131ql81figs-explicitποταποὶ λίθοι καὶ ποταπαὶ οἰκοδομαί1What wonderful stones and wonderful buildingsThe **stones** refer to the stones that the **buildings** were built with. Alternate translation: “What wonderful buildings and the wonderful stones that they are made of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1024MRK132rez6figs-rquestionβλέπεις ταύτας τὰς μεγάλας οἰκοδομάς? οὐ μὴ ἀφεθῇ ὧδε λίθος ἐπὶ λίθον1Do you see these great buildings? Stone upon stone may certainly not be left hereThis question is used to draw attention to the buildings. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Look at these great buildings! Not one stone will be left stacked on top of another” or “You see these great buildings now, but not a single stone will be left” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1025MRK132zu46figs-explicitοὐ μὴ ἀφεθῇ ὧδε λίθος ἐπὶ λίθον, ὃς οὐ μὴ καταλυθῇ1Stone upon stone may certainly not be left here, which may certainly not be torn downIt is implied that enemy soldiers will tear down the stones. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1026MRK132xdhjfigs-activepassiveοὐ μὴ ἀφεθῇ ὧδε λίθος ἐπὶ λίθον, ὃς οὐ μὴ καταλυθῇ1Stone upon stone may certainly not be left here, which may certainly not be torn downYou can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Not one stone will remain on top of another, for enemy soldiers will come and destroy these buildings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1027MRK133e9130Connecting Statement:In answer to the disciples questions about the temples destruction and what was going to happen, Jesus tells them what was going to take place in the future.
1028MRK133izt8figs-explicitκαὶ καθημένου αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸ Ὄρος τῶν Ἐλαιῶν κατέναντι τοῦ ἱεροῦ…Πέτρος1And as he was sitting on the Mount of Olives opposite the temple, PeterIt can be expressed clearly that Jesus and his disciples had walked to **the Mount of Olives**. Alternate translation: “And after arriving at the Mount of Olives, which is opposite the temple, Jesus sat down. Then Peter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1029MRK133u7juκατ’ ἰδίαν1by himselfwhen they were alone
1030MRK134uf37figs-explicitπότε ταῦτα ἔσται, καὶ τί τὸ σημεῖον ὅταν μέλλῃ ταῦτα συντελεῖσθαι πάντα1when will these things be? And what is the sign when all these things are about to be fulfilledThis refers to what Jesus had just said will happen to the stones of the temple. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: “when will these things happen to the buildings of the temple, and what will be the sign that these things are about to happen to the temple buildings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1031MRK134lw1nὅταν…ταῦτα…πάντα1when all these things“that all these things”
1032MRK135fe42λέγειν αὐτοῖς1to say to them“to say to his disciples”
1033MRK135u79cfigs-metaphorὑμᾶς πλανήσῃ1may lead you astrayHere, **lead you astray** is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe what is not true. Alternate translation: “deceives you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1034MRK136wv12figs-metaphorπολλοὺς πλανήσουσιν1they will lead many astrayHere, **will lead many astray** is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe what is not true. Alternate translation: “they will deceive many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1035MRK136z63ufigs-metonymyἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου1in my nameThis could mean: (1) they would be claiming his authority. (2) they would be claiming that God had sent them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1036MRK136l7f9ἐγώ εἰμι1I am“I am the Christ”
1037MRK137fl5hἀκούσητε πολέμους καὶ ἀκοὰς πολέμων1you may hear of wars and rumors of wars“you may hear of wars and reports about wars.” This could mean: (1) they would hear the sounds of wars close by and news of wars far away. (2) they would hear of wars that have started and reports about wars that are about to start.
1038MRK137d1k9ἀλλ’ οὔπω τὸ τέλος1but the end is not yet“but it is not yet the end” or “but the end will not happen until later” or “but the end will be later”
1039MRK137mi4dfigs-explicitτὸ τέλος1the endThis probably refers to **the end** of the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1040MRK138xln4figs-idiomἐγερθήσεται…ἐπ’1will rise againstThis idiom means to fight against one another. Alternate translation: “will fight against” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1041MRK138e2lnfigs-ellipsisβασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν1kingdom against kingdomThe words “will rise” are understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “kingdom will rise against kingdom” or “the people of one kingdom will fight against the people of another kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1042MRK138dz8gfigs-metaphorἀρχὴ ὠδίνων ταῦτα1These are the beginnings of birth painsJesus speaks of these disasters as **the beginnings of birth pains** because more severe things will happen after them. Alternate translation: “These events will be like the first pains a woman suffers when she is about to bear a child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1043MRK139c2clβλέπετε δὲ ὑμεῖς ἑαυτούς1But you, watch yourselves“But be ready for what people will do to you”
1044MRK139xsy1παραδώσουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς συνέδρια1They will deliver you to councils“They will take you and put you under the control of councils”
1045MRK139zdp8figs-activepassiveδαρήσεσθε1you will be beatenYou can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “people will beat you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1046MRK139gbb4figs-idiomἐπὶ…σταθήσεσθε1you will be made to stand beforeThis means to be put on trial and judged. Alternate translation: “you will be put on trial before” or “you will be brought to trial and judged by” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1047MRK139y6p6figs-explicitεἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς1for a testimony to themThis means the disciples will testify about Jesus. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: “and will testify to them about me” or “and you will tell them about me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1048MRK1310ruk9figs-explicitκαὶ εἰς πάντα τὰ ἔθνη πρῶτον δεῖ κηρυχθῆναι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον1But first, it is necessary for the gospel to be proclaimed to all the nationsJesus is still speaking about things that must happen before the end comes. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: “But the gospel must first be proclaimed to all the nations before the end will come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1049MRK1311uy91figs-idiomπαραδιδόντες1handing you overHere this means to put people under the control of the authorities. Alternate translation: “giving you over to the authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1050MRK1311a9b6figs-ellipsisἀλλὰ τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον1but the Holy SpiritThe words “will speak” are understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “but the Holy Spirit will speak through you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1051MRK1312py9uπαραδώσει ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον1brother will deliver brother to death“one brother will put another brother under the control of people who will kill him” or “brothers will put their brothers under the control of people who will kill them.” This will happen many times to many different people. Jesus is not speaking of just one person and his brother.
1052MRK1312g3jvfigs-gendernotationsἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν1brother … brotherThese refers to both brothers and sisters. Alternate translation: “people … their siblings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
1053MRK1312b9uxfigs-ellipsisπατὴρ τέκνον1a father, his childThe words “will deliver up to death” are understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “fathers will deliver up their children to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1054MRK1312d0t9figs-idiomπατὴρ τέκνον1a father, his childThis means that some fathers will betray their children, and this betrayal will cause their children to be killed. Alternate translation: “fathers will betray their children, handing them over to be killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1055MRK1312r66sfigs-idiomἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς1children will rise up against parentsThis means that **children** will oppose their **parents** and betray them. Alternate translation: “children will oppose their parents” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1056MRK1312si65figs-activepassiveθανατώσουσιν αὐτούς1put them to deathThis means that the authorities will sentence the parents to be put to death. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “cause the authorities to sentence the parents to die” or “the authorities will kill the parents” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1057MRK1313pk3gfigs-activepassiveἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων1you will be hated by everyoneYou can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “everyone will hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1058MRK1313jhp6figs-metonymyδιὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου1because of my nameJesus uses the metonym **my name** to refer to himself. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because you believe in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1059MRK1313w28qfigs-activepassiveὁ…ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος, οὗτος σωθήσεται1the one who endures to the end, that one will be savedYou can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “whoever endures to the end, God will save that person” or “God will save whoever endures to the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1060MRK1313c33nfigs-explicitὁ…ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος1the one who endures to the endHere, **endures** represents continuing to be faithful to God even while suffering. Alternate translation: “whoever suffers and stays faithful to God to the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1061MRK1313vcz4εἰς τέλος1to the endThis could refer to: (1) the end of his life. (2) the end of that time of trouble.
1062MRK1314d4nwfigs-metaphorτὸ βδέλυγμα τῆς ἐρημώσεως1the abomination of desolationThis phrase is from the book of Daniel. His audience would have been familiar with this passage and the prophecy about **the abomination** entering the temple and defiling it. Alternate translation: “the shameful thing that defiles the things of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1063MRK1314vx3cfigs-explicitἑστηκότα ὅπου οὐ δεῖ1standing where it should not beJesus audience would have known that this refers to the temple. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “standing in the temple, where it should not be standing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1064MRK1314ck7afigs-explicitὁ ἀναγινώσκων νοείτω1let the reader understandThis is not Jesus speaking. Matthew added this to get the readers attention, so that they would listen to this warning. Alternate translation: “may everyone who is reading this pay attention to this warning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1065MRK1315m1hqἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος1on the housetopWhere Jesus lived, the tops of houses were flat, and people could stand on them.
1066MRK1316y1e9figs-ellipsisὁ εἰς τὸν ἀγρὸν, μὴ ἐπιστρεψάτω εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω1let the one in the field not turn back to the things behindThis refers to returning to his house. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “the one who is in the field should not return to his house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1067MRK1317bi8nfigs-euphemismταῖς ἐν γαστρὶ ἐχούσαις1to those having in the wombThis is a polite way to say that someone is pregnant. Alternate translation: “to women who are pregnant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
1068MRK1318w47vπροσεύχεσθε…ἵνα1pray that“pray that these times” or “pray that these things”
1069MRK1318w91rχειμῶνος1in winter“in the cold season” or “in the cold, rainy season.” This refers to the time of year when it is cold and unpleasant and difficult to travel.
1070MRK1319e98eοἵα οὐ γέγονεν τοιαύτη1such as these have not happened“there has never been a worse time.” This describes how great and terrible the tribulation will be. There has never been a tribulation as terrible as this one will be.
1071MRK1319c5szοὐ μὴ γένηται1may certainly not happen“there will never be days like these again” or “after that tribulation, there will never again be a tribulation like it”
1072MRK1320y7g6figs-explicitμὴ ἐκολόβωσεν…τὰς ἡμέρας1did not cut short the days“did not shorten the time.” It may be helpful to specify which **days** are referred to. Alternate translation: “had not reduced the days of suffering” or “had not shortened the time of suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1073MRK1320kda6figs-synecdocheοὐκ ἂν ἐσώθη πᾶσα σάρξ1no flesh would be savedThe word **flesh** refers to people, and **saved** refers to physical salvation. Alternate translation: “no one would be saved” or “everyone would die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1074MRK1320q8hmδιὰ τοὺς ἐκλεκτοὺς1for the sake of the elect“in order to help the elect”
1075MRK1320er43figs-doubletτοὺς ἐκλεκτοὺς, οὓς ἐξελέξατο1the elect whom he choseThe phrase **whom he chose** means the same thing as **the elect**. Together, they emphasize that God chose these people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1076MRK1321d9grtranslate-versebridge0General Information:In verse 21 Jesus gives a command, and in 22 he tells the reason for the command. This can be reordered with the reason first, and the command second, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
1077MRK1322n81iψευδόχριστοι1false Christs“people who claim they are Christ”
1078MRK1322yw81πρὸς τὸ ἀποπλανᾶν1to deceive“in order to deceive” or “hoping to deceive” or “trying to deceive”
1079MRK1322j198figs-ellipsisπρὸς τὸ ἀποπλανᾶν εἰ δυνατὸν τοὺς ἐκλεκτούς1to deceive, if possible, even the electThe phrase **even the elect** implies that the false Christs and false prophets will expect to deceive some people, but they will not know if they will be able to deceive the elect. Alternate translation: “in order to deceive people, and even deceive the elect, if that is possible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1080MRK1323jq8pὑμεῖς δὲ βλέπετε1But you, watch out“Be watchful” or “Be alert”
1081MRK1323va6hfigs-explicitπροείρηκα ὑμῖν πάντα1I have told you everything beforehandJesus told them these things to warn them. Alternate translation: “I have told you all these things ahead of time to warn you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1082MRK1324zy2ffigs-activepassiveὁ ἥλιος σκοτισθήσεται1the sun will be darkenedYou can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the sun will become dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1083MRK1324a3qvfigs-personificationἡ σελήνη οὐ δώσει τὸ φέγγος αὐτῆς1the moon will not give its lightHere the **moon** is spoken of as if it were alive and able to give something to someone else. Alternate translation: “the moon will not shine” or “the moon will be dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1084MRK1325z1shfigs-explicitοἱ ἀστέρες ἔσονται ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ πίπτοντες1the stars will be falling from the skyThis does not mean that they will fall to earth but that they will fall from where the are now. Alternate translation: “the stars will fall from their places in the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1085MRK1325au6lfigs-activepassiveαἱ δυνάμεις αἱ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς σαλευθήσονται1the powers that are in the heavens will be shakenYou can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the powers in the heavens will shake” or “God will shake the powers that are in the heavens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1086MRK1325hge7αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς1the powers that are in the heavens“the powerful things in the heavens.” This could refer to: (1) the sun, moon, and stars. (2) powerful spiritual beings.
1087MRK1325h5k1ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς1in the heavens“in the sky”
1088MRK1326kl95τότε ὄψονται1then they will see“then people will see”
1089MRK1326h4z1μετὰ δυνάμεως πολλῆς καὶ δόξης1with great power and glory“powerfully and gloriously”
1090MRK1327a1z2figs-metonymyἐπισυνάξει1he will gather togetherThe word **he** refers to God and is a metonym for his angels, as they are the ones who **will gather** the elect. Alternate translation: “they will gather” or “his angels will gather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1091MRK1327vpb6figs-metaphorτῶν τεσσάρων ἀνέμων1the four windsThe whole earth is spoken of as **the four winds**, which refer to the four directions: north, south, east, and west. Alternate translation: “the north, south, east, and west” or “all parts of the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1092MRK1327u1vpfigs-merismἀπ’ ἄκρου γῆς ἕως ἄκρου οὐρανοῦ1from the end of the earth to the end of the skyThese two extremes are given to emphasize that the elect will be gathered from the entire earth. Alternate translation: “from every place on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
1093MRK1328c99sfigs-parables0Connecting Statement:Jesus gives two short parables here to remind people to be aware when the things that he has been explaining happen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1094MRK1328u8haἁπαλὸς1tender“green and soft”
1095MRK1328q6ycfigs-personificationἐκφύῃ τὰ φύλλα1may put out its leavesHere the fig tree is spoken of as if it were alive and able to willingly cause its **leaves** to grow. Alternate translation: “its leaves begin to sprout” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1096MRK1328z417τὸ θέρος1summerthe warm part of the year or the growing season
1097MRK1329q53bfigs-explicitταῦτα1these thingsThis refers to the days of tribulation. Alternate translation: “these things I have just described” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1098MRK1329aul8ἐγγύς ἐστιν1he is near“the Son of Man is near”
1099MRK1329z2pffigs-idiomἐπὶ θύραις1at the doorsThis idiom means that he is very near and has almost arrived, referring to a traveler being close to arriving at the city gates. Alternate translation: “and is almost here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1100MRK1330tg35ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν1Truly I say to youThis indicates that the statement that follows is especially important. See how you translated this in [Mark 3:28](../03/28.md).
1101MRK1330h72rfigs-euphemismοὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ1will certainly not pass awayThis is a polite way to talk about someone dying. Alternate translation: “will not die” or “will not end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
1102MRK1330t66qμέχρις οὗ ταῦτα πάντα1until all these thingsThe phrase **these things** refers to the days of tribulation.
1103MRK1331k4zbfigs-merismὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ1Heaven and earthThe two extremes are given to refer to all of the sky, including the sun, moon, stars, and planets, and all of the earth. Alternate translation: “The sky, the earth, and everything in them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
1104MRK1331bjr8παρελεύσονται1will pass away“will cease to exist.” Here this phrase refers to the world ending.
1105MRK1331ah6wfigs-metaphorοἱ…λόγοι μου οὐ μὴ παρελεύσονται1my words will certainly not pass awayJesus speaks of **words** not losing their power as if they were something that will never physically die. Alternate translation: “my words will never lose their power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1106MRK1332km5zfigs-explicitτῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης ἢ τῆς ὥρας1that day or that hourThis refers to the time that the Son of Man will return. Alternate translation: “that day or that hour that the Son of Man will return” or “the day or the hour that I will return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1107MRK1332btq5figs-ellipsisοὐδεὶς οἶδεν; οὐδὲ οἱ ἄγγελοι ἐν οὐρανῷ, οὐδὲ ὁ Υἱός, εἰ μὴ ὁ Πατήρ1no one knows, not even the angels in heaven, nor the Son, except the FatherThese words specify some of those who do not know when the Son of Man will return, different from **the Father**, who does know. Alternate translation: “no one knows—neither the angels in heaven nor the Son know—but the Father” or “neither the angels in heaven nor the Son know; no one knows but the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1108MRK1332z3q9οἱ ἄγγελοι ἐν οὐρανῷ1the angels in heavenHere, **heaven** refers to the place where God lives.
1109MRK1332gwh2figs-ellipsisεἰ μὴ ὁ Πατήρ1except the FatherIt is best to translate **Father** with the same word that your language naturally uses to refer to a human father. Also, this is an ellipsis, stating that the Father knows when the Son will return. Alternate translation: “but only the Father knows” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1110MRK1333i43kfigs-explicitπότε ὁ καιρός ἐστιν1what time it isYou can state this clearly what **time** refers to here. Alternate translation: “when all these events will happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1111MRK1335z7wiἢ ὀψὲ1whether evening“he could return in the evening”
1112MRK1335s8j9ἀλεκτοροφωνίας1when the rooster crowsThe **rooster** is a bird that **crows** very early in the morning by making a loud call.
1113MRK1336mh8tfigs-metaphorεὕρῃ ὑμᾶς καθεύδοντας1he might find you sleepingHere Jesus speaks of not being ready as **sleeping**. Alternate translation: “find you not ready for his return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1114MRK14introuk360# Mark 14 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 14:27, 62, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The eating of the body and blood<br><br>[Mark 14:22-25](./22.md) describes Jesus last meal with his followers. At this time, Jesus told them that what they were eating and drinking were his body and his blood. Nearly all Christian churches celebrate “the Lords Supper,” the “Eucharist”, or “Holy Communion” to remember this meal.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Abba, Father<br><br>“Abba” is an Aramaic word that the Jews used to speak to their fathers. Mark writes it as it sounds and then translates it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([Mark 14:20](../mrk/14/20.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1115MRK141hwb40Connecting Statement:Just two days before the Passover, the chief priests and scribes are secretly plotting to kill Jesus.
1116MRK141gd33ἐν δόλῳ1by stealthwithout people noticing
1117MRK142em4qἔλεγον γάρ1For they were sayingThe word **they** refers to the chief priests and the scribes.
1118MRK142fk19figs-ellipsisμὴ ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ1Not during the festivalThis refers to them not arresting Jesus during the Passover **festival**. Alternate translation: “We must not do it during the festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1119MRK143m95w0Connecting Statement:Though some were angry that the oil was used to anoint Jesus, Jesus says that the woman has anointed his body for burial before he will die.
1120MRK143bf84translate-namesΣίμωνος τοῦ λεπροῦ1of Simon the leperThis man previously had leprosy but was no longer ill. This is a different man than Simon Peter and Simon the Zealot. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1121MRK143sh4sκατακειμένου αὐτοῦ1as he is reclining at tableIn Jesus culture, when people gathered to eat, they reclined on their sides, propping themselves up on pillows beside a low table.
1122MRK143hk2ptranslate-unknownἀλάβαστρον1an alabaster jarThis is a **jar** made from **alabaster**. Alabaster was a very expensive yellow-white stone. Alternate translation: “beautiful white stone jar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1123MRK143fqa9translate-unknownμύρου, νάρδου πιστικῆς πολυτελοῦς1of very costly anointing-oil of pure nard“that contained expensive, fragrant perfume called nard.” Nard was a very expensive, sweet-smelling oil used to make perfume. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1124MRK143tk9rαὐτοῦ τῆς κεφαλῆς1his head“Jesus head”
1125MRK144v57pfigs-rquestionεἰς τί ἡ ἀπώλεια αὕτη τοῦ μύρου γέγονεν?1For what has this waste of the anointing-oil happened?They asked this question to show that they disapproved of the woman pouring the perfume on Jesus. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “It is terrible that she wasted that perfume!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1126MRK145y113figs-activepassiveἠδύνατο…τοῦτο τὸ μύρον πραθῆναι1this perfume was able to be soldMark wants to show his readers that those present were mainly concerned about money. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “we could have sold this perfume” or “she could have sold this perfume” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1127MRK145t4p8translate-bmoneyδηναρίων τριακοσίων1300 denariiDenarii are Roman silver coins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
1128MRK145ciyltranslate-numbersδηναρίων τριακοσίων1300 denarii“three hundred denarii.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1129MRK145h62kfigs-nominaladjδοθῆναι τοῖς πτωχοῖς1given to the poorThe phrase **the poor** refers to poor people. Alternate translation: “given to poor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1130MRK145k83qfigs-ellipsisδοθῆναι τοῖς πτωχοῖς1given to the poorThis refers to giving the money from the sale of the perfume to the poor. Alternate translation: “the money given to poor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1131MRK146r9wtfigs-rquestionτί αὐτῇ κόπους παρέχετε?1Why are you troubling her?Jesus rebukes the guests for questioning this womans action. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not trouble her!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1132MRK147tc3jfigs-nominaladjτοὺς πτωχοὺς1the poorThis refers to poor people. Alternate translation: “poor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1133MRK149vr3wἀμὴν…λέγω ὑμῖν1truly I say to youThis indicates that the statement that follows is especially true and important. See how you translated this in [Mark 3:28](../03/28.md).
1134MRK149ysc5figs-activepassiveὅπου ἐὰν κηρυχθῇ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον1wherever the gospel may be preachedYou can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “wherever my followers preach the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1135MRK149ljh1figs-activepassiveκαὶ ὃ ἐποίησεν αὕτη, λαληθήσεται1what she has done will also be spoken ofYou can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “people will speak about what this woman has done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1136MRK1410pdm50Connecting Statement:After the woman anoints Jesus with perfume, Judas promises to deliver Jesus to the chief priests.
1137MRK1410z71ffigs-explicitἵνα αὐτὸν παραδοῖ αὐτοῖς1so that he might betray him to themJudas did not deliver Jesus to them yet, rather he went to make arrangements with them. Alternate translation: “in order to arrange with them that he would deliver Jesus over to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1138MRK1410dq6rαὐτὸν παραδοῖ1he might betray him“he would bring Jesus to them so they could capture him”
1139MRK1411kzk1figs-explicitοἱ δὲ ἀκούσαντες1But when they heard itIt may be helpful to state clearly what the chief priests heard. Alternate translation: “But when the chief priests heard what he was willing to do for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1140MRK1412bn760Connecting Statement:Jesus sends two of the disciples to prepare the Passover meal.
1141MRK1412wpe7figs-explicitὅτε τὸ Πάσχα ἔθυον1when they were sacrificing the Passover lambAt the beginning of the Festival of Unleavened Bread, it was customary to sacrifice a lamb. Alternate translation: “when it was customary to sacrifice the Passover lamb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1142MRK1412bel5figs-metonymyφάγῃς τὸ Πάσχα1you may eat the PassoverHere the **Passover** refers to the Passover meal. Alternate translation: “eat the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1143MRK1413a7xgκεράμιον ὕδατος βαστάζων1bearing a pitcher of water“carrying a large jar full of water”
1144MRK1414i344figs-quotationsὁ διδάσκαλος λέγει, ποῦ ἐστιν τὸ κατάλυμά μου, ὅπου τὸ Πάσχα μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν μου φάγω?1The Teacher says, “Where is my guest room where I may eat the Passover with my disciples?”This can be written as an indirect quote. Translate this so that it is a polite request. Alternate translation: “Our Teacher would like to know where the guest room is where he may eat the Passover with his disciples.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1145MRK1414q3pnτὸ κατάλυμά1guest rooma room for visitors
1146MRK1415x3zkfigs-explicitἐκεῖ ἑτοιμάσατε ἡμῖν1make the preparations for us thereThey were to prepare the meal for Jesus and his disciples to eat. Alternate translation: “prepare the meal for us there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1147MRK1416sb35ἐξῆλθον οἱ μαθηταὶ1the disciples left“the two disciples left”
1148MRK1416m339καθὼς εἶπεν1just as he said“just as Jesus had said”
1149MRK1417n7z40Connecting Statement:That evening as Jesus and the disciples eat the Passover meal, Jesus tells them that one of them will betray him.
1150MRK1417i1q1figs-explicitἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν δώδεκα1he came with the TwelveIt may be helpful to state where they came to. Alternate translation: “he came with the Twelve to the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1151MRK1418cwl8ἀνακειμένων αὐτῶν1as they were reclining at tableIn Jesus culture, when people gathered to eat, they lay down on their sides, propping themselves up on pillows beside a low table.
1152MRK1418dg95ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν1Truly I say to youThis indicates that the statement that follows is especially true and important. See how you translated this in [Mark 3:28](../03/28.md).
1153MRK1419v3a1εἷς κατὰ εἷς1one by oneThis means that “one at a time” each disciple asked him.
1154MRK1419f13pfigs-rquestionμήτι ἐγώ?1Surely not I?This could be: (1) a question for which the disciples expected the answer to be no. (2) a rhetorical question that did not require a response. Alternate translation: “Surely I am not the one who will betray you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1155MRK1420b25jεἷς τῶν δώδεκα1It is one of the Twelve“He is one of the twelve of you”
1156MRK1420htn4ἐμβαπτόμενος μετ’ ἐμοῦ εἰς τὸ τρύβλιον1who is dipping with me into the bowlIn Jesus culture, people would often eat bread, **dipping** it in a shared bowl of sauce or of oil mixed with herbs.
1157MRK1421q5l3ὅτι ὁ μὲν Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ὑπάγει, καθὼς γέγραπται περὶ αὐτοῦ1For the Son of Man is going away just as it has been written about himHere Jesus refers to the scriptures prophesying about his death. If you have a polite way to talk about death in your language, use it here. Alternate translation: “For the Son of Man will die in the way that the scriptures say”
1158MRK1421ct78figs-explicitδι’ οὗ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται1through whom the Son of Man is being betrayedYou can state this more directly. Alternate translation: “who is betraying the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1159MRK1422y8j7ἄρτον1breadThis was a flat loaf of unleavened **bread**, which was eaten as part of the Passover meal.
1160MRK1422ula2figs-explicitἔκλασεν1he broke itThis means that he **broke** the bread into pieces for the people to eat. Alternate translation: “broke it into pieces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1161MRK1422adb2writing-symlanguageλάβετε, τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ σῶμά μου1Take this. This is my body“Take this bread. It is my body.” Though most understand this to mean that the bread is a symbol of Jesus **body** and that it is not actual flesh, it is best to translate this statement literally. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
1162MRK1423u6rcfigs-synecdocheλαβὼν ποτήριον1having taken a cupHere, **cup** is a metonym for wine. Alternate translation: “having taken the cup of wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1163MRK1424q5hnfigs-explicitτοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ αἷμά μου τῆς διαθήκης, τὸ ἐκχυννόμενον ὑπὲρ πολλῶν1This is my blood of the covenant, that is being poured out for manyThe **covenant** is for the forgiveness of sins. This can be written more explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is my blood that confirms the covenant, the blood that is poured out so that many may receive the forgiveness of sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1164MRK1424hs24writing-symlanguageτοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ αἷμά μου1This is my blood“This wine is my blood.” Though most understand this to mean that the wine is a symbol of Jesus **blood** and that it is not actual blood, it is best to translate this statement literally. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
1165MRK1425i9ykἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν1Truly I say to youThis indicates that the statement that follows is especially true and important. See how you translated this in [Mark 3:28](../03/28.md).
1166MRK1425t7aiἐκ τοῦ γενήματος τῆς ἀμπέλου1from the fruit of the vine“wine.” This is a descriptive way to refer to wine.
1167MRK1425y1pfκαινὸν1newThis could mean: (1) it would happen again. (2) it would happen in a new way.
1168MRK1426l996ὑμνήσαντες1having sung a hymnA **hymn** is a type of song. It was traditional for them to sing an Old Testament psalm.
1169MRK1427pu4sλέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς1Jesus says to them“Jesus said to his disciples”
1170MRK1427lty4figs-idiomσκανδαλισθήσεσθε1will fall awayThis is an idiom that means leave. Alternate translation: “will leave me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1171MRK1427lze6πατάξω1I will strike“I will kill.” Here, **I** refers to God.
1172MRK1427w2azfigs-activepassiveτὰ πρόβατα διασκορπισθήσονται1the sheep will be scatteredYou can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “I will scatter the sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1173MRK1428lv2u0Connecting Statement:Jesus clearly tells Peter he will deny him. Peter and all of the disciples are certain they will not deny Jesus.
1174MRK1428dm1qfigs-idiomἐγερθῆναί με1I am raised upThis idiom means that God will cause Jesus to become alive again after he has died. Alternate translation: “I am made alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1175MRK1428qi4gfigs-activepassiveτὸ ἐγερθῆναί με1I am raised upThis can be written in active form. Alternate translation: “God raises me from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1176MRK1429div5figs-ellipsisεἰ καὶ πάντες σκανδαλισθήσονται, ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἐγώ1Even if all will fall away, yet not IIn the phrase **yet not I**, the words “fall away” are implied Alternate translation: “Even if everyone else leaves you, I will not leave you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1177MRK1429q9dqfigs-doublenegativesεἰ καὶ πάντες σκανδαλισθήσονται, ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἐγώ1Even if all will fall away, yet not IThe implied phrase “yet I will not fall away” is a double negative and carries a positive meaning. This can be expressed in the positive if needed. Alternate translation: “Even if everyone else leaves you, I will stay with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1178MRK1430z2q9ἀμὴν, λέγω σοι1Truly I say to youThis indicates that the statement that follows is especially true and important. See how you translated this in [Mark 3:28](../03/28.md).
1179MRK1430i4g3ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι1the rooster crowsThe **rooster** is a bird that calls out very early in the morning. The loud sound he makes is “crowing.”
1180MRK1430um1mσὺ…με ἀπαρνήσῃ1you will deny me“you will say that you do not know me”
1181MRK1431y9elἐὰν δέῃ με συναποθανεῖν1Even if it is necessary for me to die with“Even if I must die with”
1182MRK1431z9leὡσαύτως…καὶ πάντες ἔλεγον1they all also were speaking in the same mannerThis means that all of the disciples said the same thing that Peter said.
1183MRK1432ni660Connecting Statement:When they go to Gethsemane on the Mount of Olives, Jesus encourages three of his disciples to stay awake while he prays. Twice he awakens them, and the third time he tells them to wake up because it is time for the betrayal.
1184MRK1432deg7ἔρχονται εἰς χωρίον1they come to a placeThe word **they** refers to Jesus and his disciples.
1185MRK1433ps7uἐκθαμβεῖσθαι1to be distressedto be overwhelmed with sorrow
1186MRK1433n279figs-metaphorἀδημονεῖν1deeply troubledThe word **deeply** refers to Jesus being greatly troubled in his soul. Alternate translation: “extremely troubled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1187MRK1434eyw3figs-synecdocheἐστιν ἡ ψυχή μου1My soul isJesus speaks of himself as his **soul**. Alternate translation: “I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1188MRK1434ic1gfigs-hyperboleἕως θανάτου1even to the point of deathJesus is exaggerating because he feels so much distress and sorrow that he feels like he is about to die, though he knows he will not die until after the sun rises. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1189MRK1434a54kγρηγορεῖτε1stay alertThe disciples were to **stay alert** while Jesus prayed. This does not mean that they were supposed to watch Jesus pray.
1190MRK1435nk8lfigs-explicitεἰ δυνατόν ἐστιν1if it is possibleThis means that if God would allow it to happen. Alternate translation: “if God would allow it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1191MRK1435wc6dfigs-explicitπαρέλθῃ…ἡ ὥρα1the hour might passHere, **the hour** refers to Jesus time of suffering, both now in the garden and later. Alternate translation: “that he would not have to go through this time of suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1192MRK1436c11wtranslate-transliterateἈββά1Abbaa term used by Jewish children to address their father. Since it is followed by “Father,” it is best to transliterate this word. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
1193MRK1436t9r2guidelines-sonofgodprinciplesὁ Πατήρ1FatherThis is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1194MRK1436jk6afigs-metonymyπαρένεγκε τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ1Remove this cup from meJesus speaks of the suffering that he must endure as if it were a **cup**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1195MRK1436ha77figs-ellipsisἀλλ’ οὐ τί ἐγὼ θέλω, ἀλλὰ τί σύ1But not what I will, but what you willJesus is asking God to do what he wants to be done and not what Jesus wants. Alternate translation: “But do not do what I want, do what you want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1196MRK1437ja6dεὑρίσκει αὐτοὺς καθεύδοντας1finds them sleepingThe word **them** refers to Peter, James, and John.
1197MRK1437kp33figs-rquestionΣίμων, καθεύδεις? οὐκ ἴσχυσας μίαν ὥραν γρηγορῆσαι?1Simon, are you asleep? Were you not able to stay alert for one hour?Jesus rebukes Simon Peter for sleeping. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Simon, you are asleep when I told you to stay awake. You could not even stay awake for one hour.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1198MRK1438zrp4figs-metaphorἵνα μὴ ἔλθητε εἰς πειρασμόν1so that you may not enter into temptationJesus speaks of being tempted as if it were entering into a physical place. Alternate translation: “so that you may not be tempted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1199MRK1438xk5yτὸ μὲν πνεῦμα πρόθυμον, ἡ δὲ σὰρξ ἀσθενής1The spirit indeed is willing, but the flesh is weakJesus warns Simon Peter that he is not strong enough to do what he wants to do in his own strength. Alternate translation: “You are willing in your spirit, but you are too weak to do what you want to do” or “You want to do what I say, but you are weak”
1200MRK1438c1jefigs-metonymyτὸ…πνεῦμα…ἡ…σὰρξ1The spirit … the fleshThese refer to two different aspects of Peter. Here, the **spirit** is his inmost desires and the **flesh** is his human ability and strength. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1201MRK1439l9njτὸν αὐτὸν λόγον εἰπών1having said the same thing“having prayed again what he prayed before”
1202MRK1440v49mεὗρεν αὐτοὺς καθεύδοντας1he found them sleepingThe word **them** refers to Peter, James, and John.
1203MRK1440ht2pfigs-metaphorἦσαν γὰρ αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ καταβαρυνόμενοι1for their eyes were weighed downHere the author speaks of a sleepy person having a hard time keeping his eyes open as having **eyes** that are **weighed down**. Alternate translation: “for they were so sleepy they were having a hard time keeping their eyes open” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1204MRK1441x7qdfigs-explicitἔρχεται τὸ τρίτον1he comes the third timeJesus had gone and prayed again. Then he returned to them a **third time**. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: “he went and prayed again. He returned the third time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1205MRK1441lw7wfigs-rquestionκαθεύδετε τὸ λοιπὸν καὶ ἀναπαύεσθε.1Are you still sleeping and resting?Jesus rebukes his disciples for not staying awake and praying. You can translate this rhetorical question as a statement if needed. Alternate translation: “You are still sleeping and resting!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1206MRK1441ae53ἦλθεν ἡ ὥρα1The hour has comeThe time of Jesus suffering and betrayal is about to begin.
1207MRK1441msb2ἰδοὺ1Behold“Listen”
1208MRK1441eg9mfigs-activepassiveπαραδίδοται ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου1the Son of Man is being betrayedJesus warns his disciples that his betrayer is approaching them. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “someone is betraying me, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1209MRK1443r9cpwriting-background0General Information:Verse 44 gives background information about how Judas had arranged with the Jewish leaders to betray Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1210MRK1443nz4t0Connecting Statement:Judas betrays Jesus with a kiss, and the disciples all flee.
1211MRK1444bzj2δὲ ὁ παραδιδοὺς αὐτὸν1And his betrayerThis refers to Judas.
1212MRK1444lsh3figs-explicitαὐτός ἐστιν1he it isThis refers to the man that Judas was going to identify. Alternate translation: “he is the one you want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1213MRK1445tpd4κατεφίλησεν αὐτόν1he kissed him“Judas kissed him”
1214MRK1446y5qvfigs-parallelismἐπέβαλαν τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῶν καὶ ἐκράτησαν αὐτόν1laid hands on him and seized himThese two phrases have the same meaning to emphasize that they seized Jesus. Alternate translation: “grabbed Jesus and seized him” or “seized him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1215MRK1447m6b9τῶν παρεστηκότων1of those standing by“of the people who were standing nearby”
1216MRK1448gv6eἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς1answering, Jesus said to them“Jesus said to the crowd”
1217MRK1448eq25figs-rquestionὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν ἐξήλθατε μετὰ μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων συνλαβεῖν με?1Did you come out, as against a robber, with swords and clubs to seize me?Jesus is rebuking the crowd. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “It is ridiculous that you come here to seize me with swords and clubs, as if I were a robber!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1218MRK1449s63aἀλλ’ ἵνα1But so that“But this has happened so that”
1219MRK1450gqz8ἔφυγον πάντες1they all ran awayThis refers to the disciples.
1220MRK1451y5ytσινδόνα1a linen garmenta cloth made from the fibers of a flax plant
1221MRK1451nag4κρατοῦσιν αὐτόν1they seize him“the men seized that man”
1222MRK1452eud7ὁ δὲ καταλιπὼν τὴν σινδόνα1but he, having left behind the linen garmentAs the man was trying to run away, the others would have grabbed at his clothing, trying to stop him.
1223MRK1453qu330Connecting Statement:After the crowd of the chief priests, scribes, and elders lead Jesus to the high priest, Peter watches nearby while some stand to give false testimony against Jesus.
1224MRK1453s7t1συνέρχονται πάντες οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς, καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι, καὶ οἱ γραμματεῖς1all the chief priests, and the elders, and the scribes gather togetherThis can be reordered so that it is easier to understand. “all of the chief priests, the elders, and the scribes had gathered there together”
1225MRK1454bzg7καὶ1NowThis word is used here to mark a shift in the story line as the author begins telling us about Peter.
1226MRK1454l5glfigs-explicitἕως ἔσω εἰς τὴν αὐλὴν τοῦ ἀρχιερέως1as far as into the courtyard of the high priestAs Peter followed Jesus, he stopped at the high priests courtyard. This can be written clearly. Alternate translation: “and he all the way to the courtyard of the high priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1227MRK1454x2g5figs-explicitἦν συνκαθήμενος μετὰ τῶν ὑπηρετῶν1he was sitting with the guardsPeter sat with the guards who were working at the courtyard. Alternate translation: “he sat in the courtyard among the guards” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1228MRK1455w23nδὲ1NowThis word is used here to mark a shift in the story line as the author continues telling us about Jesus being put on trial.
1229MRK1455fu1lfigs-metonymyεἰς τὸ θανατῶσαι αὐτόν1to put him to deathThey were not the ones who would execute Jesus; rather, they would order someone else to do it. Alternate translation: “so they might have someone execute Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1230MRK1455d9gnfigs-explicitοὐχ ηὕρισκον1they were not finding anyThey did not find testimony against Jesus with which they could convict him and have him put to death. Alternate translation: “they did not find any testimony with which to convict him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1231MRK1456jpc7ἴσαι αἱ μαρτυρίαι οὐκ ἦσαν1their testimony was not the sameThis can be written in positive form. “but their testimony contradicted each other”
1232MRK1458f82efigs-exclusiveἡμεῖς ἠκούσαμεν αὐτοῦ λέγοντος1We heard him saying“We heard Jesus say.” The word **We** refers to the people who falsely testified against Jesus and does not include the people to whom they are speaking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1233MRK1458e94yfigs-synecdocheτὸν χειροποίητον…ἀχειροποίητον1made with hands … made without handsHere, **hands** refers to men. Alternate translation: “made by men … made without mans help” or “built by men … built without mans help” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1234MRK1458k1vsδιὰ τριῶν ἡμερῶν1in three days“within three days.” This means that the temple would be built within a three-day period.
1235MRK1458hm5efigs-ellipsisἄλλον…οἰκοδομήσω1I will build anotherThe word “temple” is understood from the previous phrase. It may be repeated. Alternate translation: “I will build another temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1236MRK1459x6hkοὐδὲ οὕτως ἴση ἦν ἡ μαρτυρία αὐτῶν1not even in this manner was their testimony the same“even then what they testified contradicted each other.” This can be written in positive form.
1237MRK1460d7i80Connecting Statement:When Jesus answers that he is the Christ, the high priest and all of the leaders there condemn him as one who deserves to die.
1238MRK1460q2u1figs-explicitἀναστὰς…εἰς μέσον1having stood up in their midstJesus stands up in the middle of the angry crowd to speak to them. Translate this to show who was present when Jesus stood in their midst. Alternate translation: “stood up among the chief priests, scribes, and elders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1239MRK1460af5efigs-explicitοὐκ ἀποκρίνῃ οὐδέν? τί οὗτοί σου καταμαρτυροῦσιν?1Do you not answer at all? What are these testifying against you?The chief priest is not asking Jesus for information about what the witnesses said. He is asking Jesus to prove what the witnesses said is wrong. Alternate translation: “Are you not going to reply? What do you say in response to the testimony these men are speaking against you?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1240MRK1461x6eyfigs-nominaladjτοῦ Εὐλογητοῦ1of the Blessed OneHere God is called **the Blessed One**. Alternate translation: “of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1241MRK1461o27tguidelines-sonofgodprinciplesὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Εὐλογητοῦ1the Son of the Blessed OneIt is best to translate **Son** with the same word your language would naturally use to refer to a “son” of a human father. Alternate translation: “the Son of the Blessed One” or “the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1242MRK1462z5rvἐγώ εἰμι1I amThis likely has a double meaning: (1) Jesus said this to respond to the high priests question. (2) Jesus also said this to call himself “I Am,” which is what God called himself in the Old Testament.
1243MRK1462e1xdfigs-metonymyἐκ δεξιῶν καθήμενον τῆς δυνάμεως1sitting at the right hand of powerHere, **power** is a metonym that represents God. Alternate translation: “sitting at the right hand of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1244MRK1462d5qmtranslate-symactionἐκ δεξιῶν καθήμενον τῆς δυνάμεως1sitting at the right hand of powerTo sit **at the right hand** of God is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: “he sits in the place of honor beside the all-powerful God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1245MRK1462z55cfigs-metaphorἐρχόμενον μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ1coming with the clouds of heavenHere the **clouds** are described as accompanying Jesus when he returns. Alternate translation: “when he comes down through the clouds in the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1246MRK1463jz48διαρρήξας τοὺς χιτῶνας αὐτοῦ1having torn his garmentsThe high priest tore his clothes purposefully to show his outrage and horror at what Jesus had said. Alternate translation: “having torn his garments in outrage”
1247MRK1463afd3figs-rquestionτί ἔτι χρείαν ἔχομεν μαρτύρων?1What need do we still have of witnesses?This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “We certainly do not need any more people who will testify against this man!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1248MRK1464zwf9figs-explicitἠκούσατε τῆς βλασφημίας1You heard the blasphemyThis refers to what Jesus said, which the high priest called blasphemy. Alternate translation: “You have heard the blasphemy he has spoken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1249MRK1464fu4gοἱ…πάντες1they allall the people in the room
1250MRK1465y1s4ἤρξαντό τινες1certain ones begansome of the people in the room started
1251MRK1465bj5efigs-explicitπερικαλύπτειν αὐτοῦ τὸ πρόσωπον1to cover his faceThey covered his face with a cloth or blindfold, so he could not see. Alternate translation: “to cover his face with a blindfold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1252MRK1465gvq3figs-explicitπροφήτευσον1ProphesyThey mocked him, asking him to tell them who was hitting him. Alternate translation: “Prophesy who hit you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1253MRK1465y68iοἱ ὑπηρέται1the officersthe men who guarded the governors house
1254MRK1466fj8d0Connecting Statement:As Jesus had predicted, Peter denies Jesus three times before the rooster crows.
1255MRK1466m8g8κάτω ἐν τῇ αὐλῇ1below in the courtyard“outside in the courtyard”
1256MRK1466t2mxfigs-explicitμία τῶν παιδισκῶν τοῦ ἀρχιερέως1one of the servant girls of the high priestThe **servant girls** worked for the **high priest**. Alternate translation: “one of the servant girls who worked for the high priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1257MRK1468l5i1ἠρνήσατο1denied itThis means to claim that something is not true. In this case, Peter was saying that what the servant girl said about him was not true.
1258MRK1468d3chfigs-doubletοὔτε οἶδα, οὔτε ἐπίσταμαι σὺ τί λέγεις1Neither have I known nor do I understand what you are sayingBoth **have I known** and **I understand** have the same meaning here. The meaning is repeated to add emphasis to what Peter is saying. Alternate translation: “I really do not understand what you are talking about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1259MRK1469l137ἡ παιδίσκη1the servant girlThis is the same servant girl who identified Peter previously.
1260MRK1469v5krfigs-explicitοὗτος ἐξ αὐτῶν ἐστιν1This one is from among themThe people were identifying Peter as one of Jesus disciples. This can be made more clear. Alternate translation: “This one is one of Jesus disciples” or “This is one of those who have been with that man they arrested” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1261MRK1471ce6rfigs-idiomἀναθεματίζειν1to curseIf in your language you have to name the person who curses someone, state God. Alternate translation: “to say for God to curse him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1262MRK1472i7u2εὐθὺς…ἀλέκτωρ ἐφώνησεν1immediately a rooster crowedA **rooster** is a bird that calls out very early in the morning. The loud sound he makes is “crowing.”
1263MRK1472ja3etranslate-ordinalἐκ δευτέρου1a second timeHere, **second** is an ordinal number. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
1264MRK1472zr4pfigs-idiomἐπιβαλὼν1having broken downThis idiom means that he was overwhelmed with grief and lost control of his emotions. Alternate translation: “he was overwhelmed with grief” or “he lost control of his emotions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1265MRK15introd8230# Mark 15 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “The curtain of the temple was split in two”<br><br>The curtain in the temple was an important symbol that showed that people needed to have someone speak to God for them. They could not speak to God directly because all people are sinful and God hates sin. God split the curtain to show that Jesus people can now speak to God directly because Jesus has paid for their sins.<br><br>### The tomb<br><br>The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([Mark 15:46](../mrk/15/46.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Sarcasm<br><br>Both by pretending to worship Jesus ([Mark 15:19](../mrk/15/19.md)) and by pretending to speak to a king ([Mark 15:18](../mrk/15/18.md)), the soldiers and the Jews showed that they hated Jesus and did not believe that he was the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/mock]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Eloi, Eloi, lama sabachthani?<br><br>This is a phrase in Aramaic. Mark transliterates its sounds by writing them using Greek letters. He then explains its meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
1266MRK151mps20Connecting Statement:When the chief priests, the elders, the scribes, and the council gave Jesus over to Pilate, they accused Jesus of doing many bad things. When Pilate asked if what they said was true, Jesus did not answer him.
1267MRK151xz7cfigs-metonymyδήσαντες τὸν Ἰησοῦν, ἀπήνεγκαν1having bound Jesus, led him awayThey commanded for Jesus to be **bound**, but it would have been the guards who actually bound him and **led him away**. Alternate translation: “commanded the guards to bind Jesus and then they led him away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1268MRK151v2yfπαρέδωκαν Πειλάτῳ1handed him over to PilateThey had Jesus led to Pilate and transferred control of Jesus over to him.
1269MRK152dh6nfigs-explicitσὺ λέγεις1You say soThis could mean: (1) Jesus was saying that Pilate, not Jesus, was the one calling him the King of the Jews. Alternate translation: “You yourself have said so” (2) Jesus was implying that he is the King of the Jews. Alternate translation: “Yes, as you said, I am” or “Yes. It is as you said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1270MRK153ue18κατηγόρουν αὐτοῦ…πολλά1were accusing him of many things“were accusing Jesus of many things” or “were saying that Jesus had done many bad things”
1271MRK154c9ucὁ δὲ Πειλᾶτος πάλιν ἐπηρώτα αὐτὸν1But Pilate again was questioning him“But Pilate asked Jesus again”
1272MRK154s2asοὐκ ἀποκρίνῃ οὐδέν?1Do you not answer at all?You can state this in positive form. Alternate translation: “Do you have an answer?”
1273MRK154pm6kἴδε1See“Look at” or “Listen to” or “Pay attention to”
1274MRK155way9ὥστε θαυμάζειν τὸν Πειλᾶτον1so that Pilate was amazedIt surprised **Pilate** that Jesus did not reply and defend himself.
1275MRK156ul5e0Connecting Statement:Pilate, hoping the crowd will choose Jesus, offers to release a prisoner, but the crowd asks for Barabbas instead.
1276MRK156ul19writing-backgroundδὲ1NowThis word is used here to mark a break in the main story line as the author shifts to telling background information about Pilates tradition of releasing a prisoner at feasts and about Barabbas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1277MRK157fa7tἦν δὲ ὁ λεγόμενος Βαραββᾶς, μετὰ τῶν στασιαστῶν δεδεμένος1And there was, bound with the rebels, one who was called Barabbas“At that time there was a man called Barabbas, who was in prison with some other men”
1278MRK158a4xbfigs-explicitαἰτεῖσθαι καθὼς ἐποίει αὐτοῖς1to request of him just as he usually did for themThis refers to Pilate releasing a prisoner at feasts. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: “to ask him to release a prisoner to them as he had done in the past” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1279MRK1510i4ibwriting-backgroundἐγίνωσκεν γὰρ ὅτι διὰ φθόνον παραδεδώκεισαν αὐτὸν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς1For he knew that the chief priests had handed him over because of envyThis is background information about why Jesus was **handed over** to Pilate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1280MRK1510u647figs-explicitδιὰ φθόνον παραδεδώκεισαν αὐτὸν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς1the chief priests had handed him over because of envyThey **chief priests** envied Jesus, probably because so many people were following him and becoming his disciples. Alternate translation: “the chief priests were envious of Jesus. This is why they handed him over” or “the chief priests were envious of Jesus popularity among the people. This is why they handed him over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1281MRK1511y5w3figs-metaphorἀνέσεισαν τὸν ὄχλον1stirred up the crowdThe author speaks of the chief priests rousing or urging **the crowd** as if the crowd were a bowl of something that they were stirring. Alternate translation: “roused the crowd” or “urged the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1282MRK1511pvu6figs-ellipsisμᾶλλον τὸν Βαραββᾶν ἀπολύσῃ αὐτοῖς1he would release Barabbas to them insteadThey requested Pilate to **release Barabbas** **instead** of Jesus. Alternate translation: “he would release Barabbas instead of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1283MRK1512keq20Connecting Statement:The crowd asks for Jesus death, so Pilate turns him over to the soldiers, who mock him, crown him with thorns, strike him, and lead him out to crucify him.
1284MRK1512vlm3figs-explicitτί οὖν ποιήσω λέγετε τὸν Βασιλέα τῶν Ἰουδαίων?1What therefore should I do to the one you call the King of the Jews?Pilate asks what he should do with Jesus if he releases Barabbas to them. This can be written clearly. Alternate translation: “If I release Barabbas, what then should I do with the King of the Jews?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1285MRK1514e55iὁ δὲ Πειλᾶτος ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς1But Pilate was saying to them“But Pilate said to the crowd”
1286MRK1515qt8yτῷ ὄχλῳ τὸ ἱκανὸν ποιῆσαι1to do what was pleasing to the crowd“to make the crowd happy by doing what they wanted him to do”
1287MRK1515fwg6τὸν Ἰησοῦν φραγελλώσας1Jesus, having flogged himPilate did not actually scourge **Jesus**, but rather his soldiers did.
1288MRK1515yzn5φραγελλώσας1having flogged him“having whipped him.” To **flog** is to beat with an especially painful whip.
1289MRK1515r9idfigs-activepassiveπαρέδωκεν τὸν Ἰησοῦν φραγελλώσας, ἵνα σταυρωθῇ1handed over Jesus, having flogged him, so that he might be crucifiedPilate told his soldiers to take **Jesus** away to crucify him. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “told his soldiers to take him away and crucify him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1290MRK1516eg6xτῆς αὐλῆς, ὅ ἐστιν πραιτώριον1the palace (that is, the Praetorium)This was where the Roman soldiers in Jerusalem lived, and where the governor stayed when he was in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “the courtyard of the soldiers barracks” or “the courtyard of the governors residence”
1291MRK1516b5gsὅλην τὴν σπεῖραν1the whole cohort of soldiers“the whole unit of soldiers”
1292MRK1517tn33ἐνδιδύσκουσιν αὐτὸν πορφύραν1They put a purple robe on himPurple was a color worn by royalty. The soldiers did not believe that Jesus was king. They clothed him this way to mock him because others said that he was the King of the Jews.
1293MRK1517xfk8ἀκάνθινον στέφανον1a crown of thorns“a crown made of thorny branches”
1294MRK1518ft1jfigs-ironyΧαῖρε, Βασιλεῦ τῶν Ἰουδαίων1Hail, King of the JewsThe greeting “Hail” with a raised hand was only used to greet the Roman emperor. The soldiers did not believe that Jesus was the king of the Jews. Rather they said this to mock him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
1295MRK1519gz3bκαλάμῳ1a reed“a stick” or “a staff”
1296MRK1519a8a9figs-metaphorτιθέντες τὰ γόνατα1They knelt downA person who kneels bends his knees, so those who kneel are sometimes said to “bend their knees.” Alternate translation: “kneeled” or “knelt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1297MRK1521cj4lἀγγαρεύουσιν…ἵνα ἄρῃ τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ1they forced him to carry his crossAccording to Roman law, a solider could force a man he came upon along the road to carry a load. In this case, they forced Simon to carry Jesus cross.
1298MRK1521s4j3ἀπ’ ἀγροῦ1from the country“from outside the city”
1299MRK1521cyn6writing-backgroundἀγγαρεύουσιν, παράγοντά τινα Σίμωνα Κυρηναῖον, ἐρχόμενον ἀπ’ ἀγροῦ, τὸν πατέρα Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Ῥούφου1they pressed into service a certain passerby, Simon of Cyrene (the father of Alexander and Rufus), coming from the countryThis is background information about the man whom the soldiers forced to carry Jesus cross. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1300MRK1521rtz2translate-namesΣίμωνα…Ἀλεξάνδρου…Ῥούφου1Simon … Alexander … RufusThese are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1301MRK1521py16translate-namesΚυρηναῖον1CyreneThis is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1302MRK1522w6c70Connecting Statement:The soldiers bring Jesus to Golgotha, where they crucify him with two others. Many people mock him.
1303MRK1522e49ptranslate-namesΚρανίου Τόπος1Place of a Skull“Skull Place” or “Place of the Skull.” This the name of a place. It does not mean that there are lots of skulls there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1304MRK1522m1ddΚρανίου1of a SkullA **Skull** is the head bones, or a head without any flesh on it.
1305MRK1523e9xdfigs-explicitἐσμυρνισμένον οἶνον1wine having been mixed with myrrhIt may be helpful to explain that **myrrh** is a pain-relieving medicine. Alternate translation: “wine mixed with a medicine called myrrh” or “wine mixed with a pain-relieving medicine called myrrh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1306MRK1525q1zetranslate-ordinalὥρα τρίτη1the third hourHere, **third** here is a ordinal number. This refers to nine oclock in the morning. Alternate translation: “nine oclock in the morning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
1307MRK1526b84aτῆς αἰτίας αὐτοῦ ἐπιγεγραμμένη1of the charge having been written against him“of the crime they were accusing him of doing”
1308MRK1527mgf3figs-explicitἕνα ἐκ δεξιῶν καὶ ἕνα ἐξ εὐωνύμων αὐτοῦ1one on his right, and one on his leftThis can be written more clearly. Alternate translation: “one on a cross on the right side of him and one on a cross on the left side of him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1309MRK1529v8nutranslate-symactionκινοῦντες τὰς κεφαλὰς αὐτῶν1shaking their headsThis is an action people do to show that they disapproved of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1310MRK1529a7ftfigs-exclamationsοὐὰ1Aha!This is a exclamation of mockery. Use the appropriate exclamation in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
1311MRK1529hy37figs-explicitὁ καταλύων τὸν ναὸν καὶ οἰκοδομῶν ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις1The one destroying the temple and rebuilding it in three daysThe people refer to Jesus by what he earlier prophesied that he would do. Alternate translation: “You who said you would destroy the temple and rebuild it in three days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1312MRK1531n13xὁμοίως1In the same wayThis refers to the way that the people who were walking by Jesus were mocking him.
1313MRK1531d5seἐμπαίζοντες πρὸς ἀλλήλους1mocking him to each other“were saying mocking things about Jesus among themselves”
1314MRK1532t1vmfigs-ironyὁ Χριστὸς, ὁ Βασιλεὺς Ἰσραὴλ καταβάτω1Let the Christ, the King of Israel, come downThe leaders did not believe that Jesus is **the Christ, the King of Israel**. Alternate translation: “He calls himself the Christ and the King of Israel. So let him come down” or “If he is really the Christ and the King of Israel, he should come down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
1315MRK1532r6c4figs-explicitπιστεύσωμεν1might believeThe means to believe in Jesus. Alternate translation: “believe in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1316MRK1532dcb9ὠνείδιζον1were tauntingmocking, insulting
1317MRK1533zc370Connecting Statement:At noon darkness covers the whole land until three oclock, when Jesus cries out with a loud voice and dies. When Jesus dies, the temple curtain rips from the top to the bottom.
1318MRK1533q1ghὥρας ἕκτης1the sixth hourThis refers to noon or 12 PM.
1319MRK1533jl1ifigs-metaphorσκότος ἐγένετο ἐφ’ ὅλην τὴν γῆν1darkness came over the whole landHere the author describes it becoming dark outside as if the **darkness** were a wave that moved over the **land**. Alternate translation: “the whole land became dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1320MRK1534r6tjτῇ ἐνάτῃ ὥρᾳ1at the ninth hourThis refers to three oclock in the afternoon. Alternate translation: “at three oclock in the afternoon” or “in the middle of the afternoon”
1321MRK1534ls1ntranslate-transliterateἘλωῒ, Ἐλωῒ, λεμὰ σαβαχθάνει1Eloi, Eloi, lama sabachthaniThese are Aramaic words that should be copied as is into your language with similar sounds. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
1322MRK1534qw71ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον1is translated“means”
1323MRK1535apg3figs-explicitκαί τινες τῶν παρεστηκότων, ἀκούσαντες ἔλεγον1And some of those who had been standing by, having heard him, were sayingYou can state this clearly that they misunderstood what Jesus said. Alternate translation: “When some of those standing there heard his words, they misunderstood and said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1324MRK1536a8qxὄξους1with sour wine“with vinegar”
1325MRK1536un73καλάμῳ1a reed“a stick.” This was a staff made from a reed.
1326MRK1536yb55figs-explicitἐπότιζεν αὐτόν1was giving it to him to drink“was giving it to Jesus.” The man held up the staff so that Jesus could drink wine from the sponge. Alternate translation: “held it up to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1327MRK1538ni8jfigs-activepassiveτὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ ἐσχίσθη εἰς δύο1the curtain of the temple was torn in twoMark is showing that God himself split **the curtain of the temple**. You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “God split the curtain of the temple in two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1328MRK1539lg4uὁ κεντυρίων1the centurionThis is **the centurion** who supervised the soldiers who crucified Jesus.
1329MRK1539y4wnὁ παρεστηκὼς ἐξ ἐναντίας αὐτοῦ1who had stood in front of him“who stood in front of Jesus”
1330MRK1539t828ὅτι οὕτως ἐξέπνευσεν1that he had breathed his last in this way“how Jesus had died” or “the way Jesus had died”
1331MRK1539nqv8guidelines-sonofgodprinciplesΥἱὸς Θεοῦ1the Son of GodThis is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1332MRK1540i1eeἀπὸ μακρόθεν θεωροῦσαι1looking on from a distance“watching from far away”
1333MRK1540zc9bἡ Ἰακώβου τοῦ μικροῦ καὶ Ἰωσῆ μήτηρ1(the mother of James the younger and of Joses)This can be written without the parentheses. Alternate translation: “who was the mother of James the younger and of Joses”
1334MRK1540p9xkἸακώβου τοῦ μικροῦ1of James the younger“of the younger James.” This man was referred to as **the younger** probably to distinguish him from another man named James.
1335MRK1540izn7translate-namesἸωσῆ1of JosesThis **Joses** was not that same person as the younger brother of Jesus. See how you translated the same name in [Mark 6:3](../06/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1336MRK1540tw5stranslate-namesΣαλώμη1Salome**Salome** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1337MRK1541j15zwriting-backgroundαἳ ὅτε ἦν ἐν τῇ Γαλιλαίᾳ ἠκολούθουν αὐτῷ καὶ διηκόνουν αὐτῷ, καὶ ἄλλαι πολλαὶ αἱ συναναβᾶσαι αὐτῷ εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα1When he was in Galilee they were following him and serving him, and many other women who had come up with him to Jerusalem“When Jesus was in Galilee these women followed him and served him, along with many other women who had come up with him to Jerusalem.” This is background information about the women who watched the crucifixion from a distance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1338MRK1541a3qkσυναναβᾶσαι αὐτῷ εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα1who had come up with him to Jerusalem**Jerusalem** was higher than almost any other place in Israel, so it was normal for people to speak of going **up** to Jerusalem and going down from it.
1339MRK1542lxm50Connecting Statement:Joseph of Arimathea asks Pilate for the body of Jesus, which he wraps in linen and puts in a tomb.
1340MRK1542ug97figs-metaphorἤδη ὀψίας γενομένης1when evening had already comeHere, **evening** is spoken of as if it were something that is able to **come** from one place to another. Alternate translation: “when it had already become evening” or “when it was evening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1341MRK1543xn8twriting-participantsἐλθὼν Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας, εὐσχήμων βουλευτής, ὃς καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν προσδεχόμενος τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ; τολμήσας, εἰσῆλθεν πρὸς τὸν Πειλᾶτον1Joseph who was from Arimathea, a respected member of the council who also was himself waiting for the kingdom of God, having come, he boldly went in to PilateThe phrase **having come** refers to Joseph coming to Pilate, which is also described after the background information is given, but his coming is referenced before for emphasis and to help introduce him to the story. There may be a different way to do this in your language. Alternate translation: “Joseph of Arimathea was a respected member of the council who also was himself waiting for the kingdom of God. He boldly came to Pilate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
1342MRK1543wgz8translate-namesἸωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας1Joseph who was from Arimathea“Joseph from Arimathea.” **Joseph** is the name of a man, and **Arimathea** is the name of the place his is from. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1343MRK1543u7llwriting-backgroundεὐσχήμων βουλευτής, ὃς καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν προσδεχόμενος τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ1a respected member of the council who also was himself waiting for the kingdom of GodThis is background information about Joseph. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1344MRK1543zm1uτολμήσας, εἰσῆλθεν πρὸς τὸν Πειλᾶτον1he boldly went in to Pilate“he boldly went to Pilate” or “he boldly went in to where Pilate was”
1345MRK1543zvw4figs-explicitᾐτήσατο τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ1asked for the body of JesusYou can state this clearly that he wanted to get **the body** so that he could bury it. Alternate translation: “asked for permission to get the body of Jesus in order to bury it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1346MRK1544z3glfigs-explicitὁ δὲ Πειλᾶτος ἐθαύμασεν εἰ ἤδη τέθνηκεν; καὶ προσκαλεσάμενος τὸν κεντυρίωνα1But Pilate was wondering if he had already died, and having called the centurion**Pilate** heard people saying that Jesus was dead. This surprised him, so he asked **the centurion** if it was true. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: “Pilate was amazed when he heard that Jesus was already dead, so calling the centurion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1347MRK1545v5ysἐδωρήσατο τὸ πτῶμα τῷ Ἰωσήφ1he gave the body to Joseph“he permitted Joseph to take Jesus body”
1348MRK1546g4c9σινδόνα1a linen clothLinen is cloth made from the fibers of a flax plant. See how you translated this in [Mark 14:51](../14/51.md).
1349MRK1546eb9hfigs-metonymyκαθελὼν αὐτὸν…προσεκύλισεν λίθον1having taken him down … he rolled a stoneYou may need to make explicit that Joseph probably had help from other people when he took Jesus body down from the cross, prepared it for the tomb, and closed the tomb. Alternate translation: “after he and others took him down … they rolled a stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1350MRK1546g9hffigs-activepassiveμνήματι ὃ ἦν λελατομημένον ἐκ πέτρας1a tomb that had been cut from a rockYou can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “a tomb that someone had previously cut out of solid rock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1351MRK1546bw4kλίθον ἐπὶ1a stone against“a huge flat stone in front of”
1352MRK1547m782translate-namesἸωσῆτος1of JosesThis **Joses** was not that same person as the younger brother of Jesus. See how you translated the same name in [Mark 6:3](../06/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1353MRK1547v3wufigs-activepassiveποῦ τέθειται1where he was laidYou can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the place where Joseph and the others buried Jesus body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1354MRK16introj5yz0# Mark 16 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The tomb<br><br>The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([Mark 15:46](../mrk/15/46.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### A young man dressed in a white robe<br><br>Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about angels in white clothing with the women at Jesus tomb. Two of the authors called them men, but that is only because the angels were in human form. Two of the authors wrote about two angels, but the other two authors wrote about only one of them. It is best to translate each of these passages as it appears in the ULT without trying to make the passages all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 28:1-2](../mat/28/01.md) and [Mark 16:5](../mrk/16/05.md) and [Luke 24:4](../luk/24/04.md) and [John 20:12](../jhn/20/12.md))
1355MRK161cw1b0Connecting Statement:On the first day of the week, women come early because they expect to use spices to anoint Jesus body. They are surprised to see a young man who tells them Jesus is alive, but they are afraid and do not tell anyone.
1356MRK161p61nκαὶ διαγενομένου τοῦ Σαββάτου1And the Sabbath having passedThat is, after **the Sabbath**, the seventh day of the week, had ended and the first day of the week had begun.
1357MRK164kld9figs-activepassiveἀποκεκύλισται ὁ λίθος1the stone had been rolled awayYou can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “someone had rolled away the stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1358MRK166x9m8figs-activepassiveἠγέρθη1He has been raised!The angel is emphatically stating that Jesus has risen from the dead. You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “He arose!” or “God raised him from the dead!” or “He raised himself from the dead!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1359MRK910to7wfigs-metonymy1Mark is figuratively describing something Jesus would say by association with his mouth, which he would use to say something. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “something he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])